9119-595 sales manual

Family 9119+02 IBM System p5 Model 595IBM United States Sales Manual Revised: March 01, 2011.

Back to top

IBM UNIX systems consist of the IBM System p5, IBM eServer pSeries product lines. Providing unprecedented value, these innovative systems feature IBM's leading-edge technology and run the top-rated UNIX operating system, AIX. This broad product line ranges from powerful workstations ideal for mechanical design; to mission-critical symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) servers for ERP, SCM, CRM, transaction processing, and Web serving; up to parallel RS/6000 SP systems that can handle demanding scientific and technical computing and business intelligence tasks. These platforms provide the power to create change and the flexibility to manage it, with thousands of applications that provide real value. More than 1,000,000 systems have shipped to over 135,000 businesses worldwide.

Model Abstract 9119-595 The 9119 IBM System p5 Model 595 provides an expandable, high-end enterprise solution for managing the computing requirements needed to become an on demand business. The System p5 595 includes both IBM POWER and POWER5+, 16-core standard and turbo processors books.

The p5-595 is configured as a 42U-tall, 24-inch rack. It is available in 16-, 32-, 48-, and 64-way configurations. It provides memory expansion capability up to 2 TB.

The symmetric multiprocessor (SMP) server can be configured with from one to four standard or turbo 16-way processor books. Each 16-way book contains two 8-way multi-chip modules (MCMs) that use state-of-the-art, 64-bit, copper-based, IBM POWER5 technology microprocessors. Each pair of processors within an MCM is supported by 1.9 MB of Level 2 cache and 36 MB of Level 3 cache. Each 16-way processor book also includes 16 slots for memory cards and six Remote I/O-2 attachment cards for connection of the system I/O drawers.

Up to 12 I/O drawers can be configured on a p5-595 server. Each I/O drawer contains twenty 3.3-volt PCI-X adapter slots and up to sixteen disk bays. Fully configured, the p5-595 can support 240 PCI adapters and 192 disks at 15,000 rpm.

Other features include: Integrated service processor Integrated redundant power subsystem Dual-ported Ultra3 SCSI controller per I/O drawer Battery backup option Powered and nonpowered Expansion Rack options Dynamic logical partitioning (DLPAR) with up to 254 partitions supported

The p5-595 supports AIX 5L V5.2 and V5.3, Linux, and i5/OS V5R3 operating systems. These

Table of contents Product Life Cycle Dates Publications Abstract Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange Highlights Accessories Description Machine Elements Models Supplies Technical Description

Product Life Cycle Dates

Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn

Service Discontinued

9119-595 2004/10/14 2004/11/19 2009/05/29 -

Abstract

Page 1 of 185Family 9119+02 IBM System p5 Model 595

07/03/2011http://www-01.ibm.com/common/ssi/cgi-bin/ssialias?infotype=dd&subtype=sm&app...

operating systems can run simultaneously in different partitions within the p5-595 server. i5/OS runs only on configurations using the POWER5 Standard CUoD Processor Book.

Note: Not all system features available under the AIX 5L operating system are available under the Linux and i5/OS operating systems.

Back to top

See Model Highlights.

Model Highlights 9119-595 The IBM System p5-595 offers:

Rack-mount design with up to four 16-core POWER5 or POWER5+ processor books Standard and turbo processors in 16-, 32-, 48-, and 64-core configurations Up to 2,048 GB of DDR1 or DDR2 memory Up to 28,185.6 GB of internal disk storage

Back to top

Accessibility by people with disabilities

IBM System p5 595 (9119-595) is capable as of November 19, 2004, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it.

Back to top

Model Summary Matrix

Customer Setup (CSU) Customer setup box: No Customer setup model conversion: No Customer setup MES: No, except for keyboards, displays, CUoD activations, etc. Refer to sales manual description.

Devices Supported The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9119.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

|5| X = SUPPORTED DEVICE |9| |5| | | MT-MOD | | DESCRIPTION ---------|-|----------------------------------------------------------- | | ---------+-+--------SWITCH--------------------------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2005 Model H08 2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2005 Model H16 2031-016 |X| McDATA Model 016 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch

Highlights

Description

Models

Model Processor Speed Memory Hard Drive Slot Maximum

Optical Storage Device

595 16-, 32-, 48- or 64-core

Standard (1.65 GHz) or Turbo (1.9 GHz)

8 GB to 2048 GB

72.8 GB to 14,092 GB 240 PCI-X External device



2031-032 |X| McDATA Model 032 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch 2031-216 |X| McDATA ES-3216 Fabric Switch 2031-224 |X| McDATA IBM 2031 Model 224 Fabric Switch 2031-232 |X| McDATA ES-3232 Model 232 Fabric Switch 2031-L00 |X| McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch 2032-001 |X| McDATA ED-5000 Model 001 Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch 2032-064 |X| McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director 2032-140 |X| 2032 McDATA Intrepid 6140 Enterprise Fibre Channel | | Director Model 140 2034-212 |X| McData Sphereon 4300 Model 212 12-Port Switch 2042-001 |X| INRANGE Model 001 FC/9000 64-port Fibre Channel Director 2042-128 |X| INRANGE Model 128 FC/9000 128-port Fibre Channel Director 2042-256 |X| INRANGE Model 256 FC/9000-256 Fibre Channel Director 2061-020 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9120 Fabric Switch, Model 020 2061-040 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9140 Fabric Switch, Model 040 2062-D01 |X| Cisco MDS-9216 Multilayer Fabric Switch, Model D01 2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS-9506 Multilayer Fabric Switch, Model D04 2062-D07 |X| Cisco, MDS 9509 Multilayer Director, Model D07 2109-F16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model F16 2109-F32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch - 2109 Model F32 2109-M12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M12 2109-M14 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2109 Model M14 2109-S08 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S08 2109-S16 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S16 3534-F08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model F08 | | ---------+-+--------DISK----------------------------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1722-60U |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT600 Storage Server Model 60U 1722-6LU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT600 Storage Server Model 6LU 1724-100 |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT100 Storage Server Model 100 1740-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit | | Model 1RU 1742-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT700 Storage Server Model 1RU 1742-90U |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT900 Storage Server Model 90U 2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112 2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124 2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212 2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224 2104-DS4 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Ultra320 Model | | DS4 2104-DU3 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Drawer Model DU3 2104-TS4 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Ultra320 Model | | TS4 2104-TU3 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Tower Model TU3 2105-750 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Server Model 750 2105-800 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server Model 800 2105-F10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F10 2105-F20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F20 3542-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage 3542 FAStT200 Storage Server Model 1RU 3542-2RU |X| IBM FAST T200 Storage Server Model 2RU 3552-1RU |X| IBM Total Storage FAST T500 Storage Server Model 1RU 3560-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage 3560 FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit | | Model 1RU 7040-61D |X| IBM I/O Drawer Model 61D 7045-SW4 |X| IBM eServer pSeries High Performance Switch Model SW4 7133-020 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model 020 7133-600 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model 600 7133-D40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model D40 7133-T40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model T40 7204-419 |X| IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419 7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 18 GB External Disk Drive Model 518 7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 36 GB External Disk Drive Model 536 7204-573 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 573 | | ---------+-+--------DISPLAYS------------------------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6546-00E |X| G52 Display 6546-00N |X| G52 Display



6546-01E |X| G52 Display 6546-01S |X| G52 Display 6546-0AE |X| G54 Display 6546-0AN |X| G54 Display 6546-0BE |X| G54 Display 6546-0BN |X| G54 Display 6546-0BS |X| G54 Display 6546-21N |X| G52 Display 6546-2BN |X| G54 Display 6546-31N |X| G52 Display 6546-4AN |X| G54 Display 6546-6BN |X| G54 Display 7310-C03 |X| IBM 7310 Model C03 Hardware Management Console 7310-C04 |X| IBM 7310 Model C04 Hardware Management Console 7310-CR2 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management Console 7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR3 Rack-Mount Hardware Management Console 7315-C01 |X| IBM 7315 Model C01 Hardware Management Console 7315-C02 |X| IBM 7315 Model C02 Hardware Management Console 7315-C03 |X| IBM 7315 Model C03 Hardware Management Console 7315-C04 |X| IBM 7315 Model C04 Hardware Management Console 7315-CR2 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management Console 7315 CR3 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR3 Rack-Mount Hardware Management 9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor | | ----------+-+------------OPTICAL----------------------------------------- - - - - |-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3996-032 |X| IBM System Storage Model 032 3996-080 |X| IBM System Storage Model 080 3996-174 |X| IBM System Storage Model 174 ---------+-+--------STORAGE NETWORK DEVICES---------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1710-10U |X| IBM 1710 TotalStorage FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit | | Model 10U 2145-4F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine | | Model 4F2 | | ---------+-+--------SCSI DEVICES--------------------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7210-025 |X| 4.7GB DVDRAM Drive 7210-030 |X| IBM 7210-030 External DVD-RAM Drive | | ---------+-+--------TAPE----------------------------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3490-C10 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C10 3490-C11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C11 3490-C1A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Family Model C1A 3490-C22 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C22 3490-C2A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C2A 3490-E01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model E01 3490-E11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model E11 3490-F00 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F00 3490-F01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F01 3490-F11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F11 3490-F1A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F1A 3490-FC0 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model FC0 3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10 3494-B18 |X| IBM Magstar Virtual Tape Server Model B18 3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20 3494-D10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D10 3494-D12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D12 3494-D14 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D14 3494-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame | | Model D22 3494-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame | | Model D24 3494-HA1 |X| IBM Magstar 3494 High Availability Unit Model HA1 3494-L10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L10



3494-L12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L12 3494-L14 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L14 3494-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model | | L22 3494-S10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model S10 3570-B00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B00 3570-B01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B01 3570-B02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B02 3570-B11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B11 3570-B12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B12 3570-B1A |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model B1A 3570-C00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C00 3570-C01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C01 3570-C02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C02 3570-C11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C11 3570-C12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C12 3575-L06 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L06 3575-L12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L12 3575-L18 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L18 3575-L24 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L24 3575-L32 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L32 3577-L5U |X| IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library 3580-H11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (HVD) 3580-H13 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Drive Model H13 3580-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Model H23 3580-L11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (LVD) 3580-L13 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Drive Model L13 3580-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Model L23 3581-F28 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581 Model F28 3581-H13 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open Ultrium Tape Autoloader 3581 Model | | H13 3581-H17 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model | | H17 3581-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model H23 3581-L13 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model | | L13 3581-L17 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model | | L17 3581-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model L23 3581-L28 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape U2 Autoloader Model L28 3582-L23 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ULTRIUM TAPE LIBRARY 3582 MODEL L23 3584-D22 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Drive Canister Model D22 3584-D32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D32 - Base Frame 3584-D52 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D52 - Expansion Frame 3584-L22 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L22 - Base Frame 3584-L32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L32 - Expansion Frame 3584-L52 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L52 - Base Frame 3590-B11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B11 3590-B1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B1A 3590-E11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model E11 3590-E1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model E1A 3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model H11 3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model H1A 3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive 3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model J1A 3599-021 |X| IBM 3592 Ent Tape WORM Cart with Labeling and | | initialization (L&I) Model 021 3599-022 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape WORM Cartridge with Labeling | | Model 022 3599-023 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape WORM Cartridge Model 023 3599-E21 |X| IBM 3592 Entr. Tape Economy WORM Cart. with Labeling 1 | | Initialization Model E21 3599-E22 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape Economy WORM Cartridge with | | Labeling Model E22 3599-E23 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape Economy WORM Cartridge Model E23 7205-440 |X| IBM 7205 40 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model | | 440 7205-550 |X| IBM 160 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model 550 7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220



7206-336 |X| IBM 7206 MODEL 336 EXTERNAL 36 GB 4MM DDS GEN5 TAPE DRIVE 7206-VX2 |X| IBM External Tape Drive Model VX2 - 4mm 7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3 External Tape Drive 7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122 7207-330 |X| IBM 7207 30 GB External SLR60 Tape Drive Model 330 7208-341 |X| IBM 20GB External 8MM Tape Drive Model 341 7208-342 |X| IBM 20GB External 8MM Tape Drive (HVD) Model 342 7208-345 |X| IBM 7208 Model 345 60GB External 8MM Tape Drive 7212-102 |X| IBM TotalStorage DVD/Tape Media Device Enclosure Model 102 7212-103 |X| IBM 7212-103 Storage Tape & DVD Enclosure Exp Model 7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220 7334-410 |X| IBM 7334 8MM Tape Library (MAM2 4x30) Model 410 7337-360 |X| IBM 7337 Digital Linear Tape Library Model 360 | | ---------+-+--------EXPANSION CABINETS--------------------------------- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2032-C36 |X| McData 'Core to Edge' Fibre Channel Products Model C36 - | | FC 512 Cabinet 2032-C40 |X| McData 'Core to Edge' Fibre Channel Products Model C40 - | | FC 512 Cabinet 2042-C40 |X| Inrange 40U Cabinet 2109-C36 |X| IBM TotalStorage San Cabinet C36 7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U 7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U 7031-D24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures 7031-T24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures 7212-312 |X| IBM 7212 Model 312 1U Autoloader VXA-2 Tape Drive 9411-100 |X| i5OS Partition I/O Content for p5 Server

The following TotalStorage external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9110. This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the TotalStorage external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

|5| X = SUPPORTED DEVICE |9| |5| | | MT-MOD | | DESCRIPTION ----------------------------------------------------------------- 2861-001 |X| IBM 2861 SystemStorage N5000 Model 001 2863-A10 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 Model A10 2863-A20 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 Model A20 2864-A10 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 Model A10 2864-A20 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 Model A20 2865-A10 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 Model A10 2865-A20 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 Model A20 2870-631 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 631 2870-632 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 632 2870-641 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 641 2870-642 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 642 2870-651 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 651 2870-652 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 652

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9119 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.



|5| A = AVAILABLE S = SUPPORTED |9| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED |5| | | FEAT/PN | | DESCRIPTION --------|-|----------------------------------------- 0265 |A| AIX Partition Specify 0266 |A| Linux Partition Specify 0267 |A| i5/OS Partition Specify 0319 |A| FSP/Node Redundancy Enablement 0396 |S| RPO MES Indicator 0530 |A| i5/OS Version V5R3 Specify 0531 |A| V5R3 OS, V5R3M5 Machine Code Specify 0532 |A| V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 Machine Code Specify 1838 |S| 8m 12x to three 4x Cable 2118 |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M 2137 |S| SCSI Cable, B&C TO Media Drawer, 1.5M, Mini- 68P TO 68P 2425 |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable 2456 |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable 2459 |A| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable 2591 |S| External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive 2634 |S| 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive 2737 |S| Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI 2738 |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter 2848 |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator 2849 |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support 2861 |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable 2863 |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable 2864 |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable 2934 |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232 2936 |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 2943 |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus 2944 |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus 2946 |S| Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter 2947 |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter 2951 |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232 2952 |S| Cable, V.35 2953 |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499 2954 |S| Cable, X.21 2962 |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter 3125 |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack 3147 |S| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M 3157 |S| 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3158 |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3159 |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3170 |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 8.0M 3273 |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3274 |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3275 |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3277 |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3278 |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3279 |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly 3585 |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive 3627 |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable 3628 |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable 3635 |S| T210 Flat-Panel Monitor 3636 |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor 3637 |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor 3638 |S| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable3639 |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor 3640 |S| IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor 3641 |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor 3642 |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor 3643 |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor 3644 |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor 3645 |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor 3647 |A| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive 3648 |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive 3649 |A| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive



3652 |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M 3653 |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M 3654 |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M 3661 |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ | |Dual Path 3M 3662 |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ | |Dual Path 6M 3663 |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ | |Dual Path 15M 3684 |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ | |single path 3M 3685 |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ | |single path 6M 3691 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single | |Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M 3692 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single | |Controller/Dual Path 3 M 3693 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single | |Controller/Dual Path 6 M 3694 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single | |Controller/Dual Path 15 M 3757 |S| Service Shelf Tool Kit 3925 |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin 3926 |A| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M 3928 |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M 4242 |A| 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to | | 15-pin D-shell) 4253 |S| SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge 4256 |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M 4500 |S| 0/4 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card 4501 |S| 0/8 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card 4502 |S| 0/16 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card 4503 |S| 0/32 GB 400 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card 4599 |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal4643 |A| 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attachment Indicator 4764 |A| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) 4953 |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter 4957 |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter 4959 |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter 4960 |S| IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator 4961 |S| IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter 4962 |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II 4963 |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) 4964 |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor 5005 |A| Software Preinstall 5647 |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot 5700 |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter 5701 |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter 5706 |A| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter 5707 |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter 5710 |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter 5711 |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter 5713 |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter 5714 |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter 5716 |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter 5718 |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter 5719 |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter 5721 |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter 5722 |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter 5723 |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter 5736 |A| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter 5737 |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter 5740 |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter 5752 |S| 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive 5755 |S| 200/400GB Half High Ultrium 2 Tape Drive 5758 |S| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter 5759 |A| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter 5791 |A| I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 16 Disk Bays 5792 |S| Expansion Rack, Powered



5794 |A| I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 8 Disk Bays 5795 |S| Media Drawer, Rack Mounted 5886 |A| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer 5902 |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter 5912 |A| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter 5922 |A| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator 5951 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P 5952 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189 5953 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142 5954 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #1295955 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P 5956 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172 5957 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194 5958 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian | | Portuguese, #275 5959 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208 5960 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413 5961 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467 5962 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #4455963 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #0585964 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120 5965 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #1535966 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159 5967 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442 5968 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/ | | German, #150 5969 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155 5970 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143 5971 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163 5972 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319 5973 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212 5974 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214 5975 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245 5976 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243 5977 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179 5978 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171 5979 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253 5980 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191 5981 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443 5982 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234 5983 |A| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English | | International, #103P 6120 |S| IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology 6127 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/9U 6128 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/13U 6129 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/19U 6179 |S| Power Cable, I/O Drawer to Media Drawer 6186 |A| Bulk Power Regulator 6200 |A| Integrated Battery Backup, Primary or Redundant-Front | | Mounted 6201 |S| Integrated Battery Backup, Redundant Rear Mounted 6203 |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter 6204 |S| PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter 6228 |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus 6230 |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter 6231 |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card 6235 |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card 6239 |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter 6240 |S| Cable, Integrated Battery Backup to Bulk Power Regulator, | | Primary Rack 6241 |S| Cable, Integrated Battery to Bulk Power Regulator, | | Expansion Rack 6242 |A| Cable, Front Mounted Integrated Battery Backup to rear BPR, | | Primary/Expansion Rack 6251 |A| Slim Line Doors, System and #5792 Racks 6252 |A| Acoustic Doors System and #5792 Racks 6253 |A| Slim Line Doors, #8691 Expansion Rack 6254 |S| Acoustic Doors, #8691 Expansion Rack 6258 |A| 36/72GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive



6279 |A| VXA-320 160/320GB Internal Tape Drive 6470 |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4 6471 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug | | Type #70 6472 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug | | Type #18 6473 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type 19 6474 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug | | Type #23 6475 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug | | Type #32 6476 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #24 6477 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug | | Type #22 6478 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug | | Type #25 6479 |S| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #6 6487 |S| Power Cord (6-foot) ,To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, | | Plug Type #5 6488 |A| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, | | 10A), Plug Type #2 6493 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #62 6494 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #69 6495 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #64 6496 |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #66 6670 |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 | | (DENAN marking) 6680 |A| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug | | Type #6, Insulated 6687 |A| Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 | | (DENAN marking) 6850 |A| Weight Reduction Option 6851 |A| Slim Line Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks 6852 |A| Acoustic Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks 6853 |S| Slim Line Doors, OEM, #8691 Expansion Rack 6854 |S| Acoustic Doors, OEM, #8691 Expansion Rack 6855 |A| Weight Distribution Plate 6856 |S| Doors with Rear Htx - OEM 6857 |A| Heat Exchanger Door Kit for System Rack, Blue Stripe 6859 |A| Doors with Rear Heat Exch 6861 |A| Slim Line Doors for System Rack, Blue Stripe 6862 |S| Acoustic Doors for System Rack, Blue Stripe 7280 |A| 256 GB Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 | | Memory Cards 7549 |A| Quantity 150 of #3647 7564 |A| Quantity 150 of #3648 7565 |A| Quantity 150 of #3649 7586 |S| New Cap. BackUp POWER5 Turbo Processor 450 On/Off | | CoD Credit Days 7587 |S| Capacity BackUp POWER5+ 2.1GHz Standard Processor | | 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days 7588 |A| ON/OFF Processor Billing for FCs 8970 and 7587 7593 |A| ON/OFF Processor Billing for FCs 8968 and 7705 7668 |A| Activation, #8968 #7705 CUoD Processor Book, One | | Processor 7669 |A| 1 GB Memory Activation for #4500, #4501, | | #4502 and #4503 Memory Cards 7693 |A| Activation, #8970 #7587 CUoD Processor Book, One | | Processor 7694 |A| Reserve Capacity Prepaid for #8970 7705 |S| Capacity BackUp POWER5+ 2.3GHz Turbo Processor 450 | | On/Off CoD Credit Days



7730 |N| Cap. BackUp POWER5 Std. Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days 7731 |S| Cap. BackUp POWER5 Turbo Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days7732 |S| Cap. BackUp POWER5 Std. Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days 7799 |A| 256 Memory Activations for #7835 Memory DIMMS 7801 |A| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System | | Unit 7802 |A| Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System | | Unit 7803 |S| Bulk Power Controller Assembly 7807 |S| Cooling Group 7809 |S| DC Power Converter, Processor Book 7810 |S| Processor Clock Card, Programmable 7811 |S| System Service Processor 7812 |S| Multiplexer Card 7813 |S| 16-Way POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 7814 |A| 4GB DDR2 Memory Card, 533MHz 7815 |A| Activation, #7813 or #7731 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor7816 |A| 4GB CUoD Memory Card 2GB Active, DDR1 7818 |S| Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Two Port 7820 |S| GX Dual-port 12x HCA 7821 |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, CEC Primary Fans 7822 |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 1st CEC Book 7823 |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 2nd CEC Book 7824 |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 3rd CEC Book 7825 |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 4th CEC Book 7826 |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 7807 Cooling Grp. 7828 |A| 16GB DDR1 Memory Card, 266MHz 7829 |S| 32GB DDR1 Memory Card, 200MHz 7835 |A| 8GB CUoD Memory Card 4GB Active, DDR1 7837 |A| Bulk Power Distribution Assembly 7839 |N| On/Off Processor Enablement for #7981 or #7730 7847 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/13U 7848 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/19U 7849 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/23U 7850 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/27U 7851 |A| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/31U 7853 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/1U 7854 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/5U 7855 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/9U 7856 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/13U 7857 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/19U 7858 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/23U 7859 |S| I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/31U 7924 |S| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 0.6M 7925 |N| Activation, #7981 or 7730 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor7926 |N| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7981 7937 |A| Bolt-Down Kit, Low-Raised Floor 7938 |A| Bolt-Down Kit, High-Raised Floor 7960 |A| Compact Handling Option 7970 |A| 1GB Activation #7816 & #7835 Memory Features 7971 |A| On/Off Processor Enablement for features 7813, 7731, 7586, | | 7587, 7704, 7705, 8967, 8968, 8969 and 8970 7972 |A| On/Off Processor Billing for Feature #7813, #7731 or #8969 7973 |A| On/Off Memory Enablement 7974 |A| On/Off Memory Billing 7975 |A| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7813 7981 |N| 16-Way POWER5 Standard CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 7988 |S| 16-Way POWER5 Standard CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 7990 |A| Activation, #7988 or #7732 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor7991 |A| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7988 7992 |A| Advanced POWER Virtualization 7993 |N| On/Off Processor Billing for Feature #7981 or 7730 7994 |A| On/Off Processor Enablement for #7988 or #7732 7996 |A| On/Off Processor Billing for CoD for Feature #7988 or #7732 8131 |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter 8132 |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch) 8133 |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable 8136 |S| Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 8137 |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232



8151 |S| 0/512 GB 533MHz DDR2 Memory Package 8153 |S| 0/256 GB 533 MHz DDR2 Memory Package 8195 |S| 256GB DDR1 Memory (32 X 8GB) 8197 |A| 512GB DDR1 Memory (32 X 16GB Cards) 8198 |S| 512GB DDR1 Memory (16 X 32GB Cards) 8200 |S| 0/512GB 400 MHz DDR2 Memory Package (16 X 32GB Cards) 8453 |A| Base Customer Spec Plcmnt 8468 |A| Reserve Capacity Prepaid for #8968 8471 |A| 1 GB Base Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, | | #4502 and #4503 8472 |A| 256 GB Base Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and | | #4503 Memory Cards 8493 |A| 256 GB Memory Activations for #8151 and | | #8200 Memory Package 8968 |S| 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way | | Active 8970 |S| 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz Standard CUoD Processor Book, | | 0-Way Active 8677 |S| Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, No Plug 8686 |A| Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, IEC309 100A Plug 8687 |A| Line Cord, 6AWG, 6ft, IEC309 100A Plug 8688 |A| Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 14ft, IEC309 60A Plug 8689 |A| Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 6ft, IEC309 60A Plug 8691 |A| Expansion Rack, 24", 42U 8694 |S| Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, No Plug 8697 |A| Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, IEC309 30A Plug 8698 |A| Line Cord, 8AWG, 6ft, IEC309 30A Plug 8800 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, | | #103P 8801 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189 8802 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142 8803 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, | | German/Austrian, #129 8804 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #1668805 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172 8806 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194 8807 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, | | Brazilian/Portuguese, #275 8808 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian | | French, #058 8810 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, | | #120 8811 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, | | Swedish/Finnish, #153 8812 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159 8813 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442 8814 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, | | Swiss/French/German, #150F/G 8816 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155 8817 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143 8818 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #1638819 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319 8820 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212 8821 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208 8823 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214 8825 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245 8826 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243 8827 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179 8829 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #1718830 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238 8833 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413 8834 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #4678835 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French | | Canadian, #445 8836 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191 8838 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443 8839 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, | | Yugoslavian/Latin, #105 8840 |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English



| | (EMEA), #103P 8841 |S| Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable 8845 |A| USB Mouse 8969 |S| New 16-Way POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 9004 |A| Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors 9300 |A| Language Group Specify - US English 9700 |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch 9703 |A| Language Group Specify - French 9704 |A| Language Group Specify - German 9705 |A| Language Group Specify - Polish 9707 |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese 9708 |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish 9711 |A| Language Group Specify - Italian 9712 |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French 9714 |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese 9715 |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan) 9716 |A| Language Group Specify - Korean 9718 |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish 9719 |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian 9720 |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian 9721 |A| Language Group Specify - Russian 9722 |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC) 9724 |A| Language Group Specify - Czech 9725 |A| Language Group Specify - Romanian 9727 |A| Language Group Specify - Slovenian

The following features are supported but not available for order on the indicated model for MT 9119.

Supported Features on 7040-61D (#4643) FC DESCRIPTION MIN MAX/Dwr MAX/Sys Note 2737 Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card 0 2 4 2848 POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator 0 2 4 2946 Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM 0 10 20 AIX Adapter Only 3157 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI 0 16 176 Disk Drive Assembly 3158 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI 0 16 176 Disk Drive Assembly 3159 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI 0 16 176 Disk Drive Assembly 3273 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI 0 16 176 Disk Drive Assembly 3274 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI 0 16 176 Disk Drive Assembly 3275 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI 0 16 176 Disk Drive Assembly 3627 IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, 0 4 4 Business Black, Captured Cable 3628 IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, 0 4 4 Business Black, and Cable 3635 T210 Flat-Panel Monitor 0 4 4 4953 IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP 0 20 20 AIX Adapter Only 4957 IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF 0 20 20 AIX Adapter Only 4960 IBM e-business Cryptographic 0 4 8 Accelerator 4961 IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet 0 20 20 Adapter 4963 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor 0 4 8 (FIPS-4) 6203 PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter 0 10 10



6228 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter 0 20 20 for 64-bit PCI Bus 6230 Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter 0 12 24 AIX Only 6231 128 MByte DRAM Option Card 0 12 24 AIX Only 6235 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card 0 12 24 AIX Only 6239 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter 0 20 192

Model Conversions

From To ----------- ---------- Type Model Type Model Description ---- ----- ---- ----- ---------------------------- 9119 590 9119 595(1) IBM eServer p5 595 (9119-595)

Note: (1) The existing components being removed or replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions for 9119-595 to 9119-FHA memory features

RETURN From FC: To FC: PARTS ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------ 8195 - 256GB DDR1 Memory 8203 - 0/512 GB 533MHz DDR2 Yes (32 X 8GB) Memory Package (32x#5695) 8151 - 0/512 GB 533MHz DDR2 8204 - 0/512 GB 400MHz DDR2 Yes Memory Package Memory Package (16x#5696) 8153 - 0/256 GB 533MHz DDR2 8204 - 0/512 GB 400MHz DDR2 Yes Memory Package Memory Package (16x#5696) 8197 - 512GB DDR1 Memory 8204 - 0/512 GB 400MHz DDR2 Yes (32 X 16GB Cards) Memory Package (16x#5696)

Feature conversions for 9119-590 to 9119-595 Processor features

RETURN From FC: To FC: PARTS ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------ 7667 - Activation, #8967 #7794 7668 - Activation, #8968 #7705 No CUoD Processor Book, One CUoD Processor Book, One Processor Processor 7925 - Activation, #7981 or 7668 - Activation, #8968 #7705 No #7730 CUoD Processor Book, CUoD Processor Book, One One Processor Processor 7667 - Activation, #8967 #7704 7693 - Activation, #8970 #7587 No CUoD Processor Book, One CUoD Processor Book, One Processor Processor 7925 - Activation, #7981 or 7693 - Activation, #8970 No #7730 CUoD Processor Book, #7587 CUoD Processor Book, One One Processor Processor 7981 - 16-Way POWER5 Standard 8968 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Yes CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Turbo CUoD Processor Book, Active 0-Way Active 8967 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz 8968 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Yes Standard CUoD Processor Book, Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 0-Way Active



7981 - 16-Way POWER5 Standard 8970 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz Yes CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Standard CUoD Processor Book, Active 0-Way Active 8967 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz 8970 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz No Standard CUoD Processor Book Standard CUoD Processor Book 0-Way Active 0-Way Active

Feature conversions for 9119-595 Memory features

RETURN From FC: To FC: PARTS ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------ 7829 - 32GB DDR1 Memory Card, 4503 - 0/32 GB 400 MHz DDR2 Yes 200MHz CUoD Memory Card

Feature conversions for 9119-595 Miscellaneous Features

RETURN From FC: To FC: PARTS ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------ 8198 - 512GB DDR1 Memory 8200 - 0/512GB 400 MHz DDR2 Yes (16 X 32GB Cards) Memory Package (16 X 32GB Cards)

Feature conversions for 9119-595 Processor features

RETURN From FC: To FC: PARTS ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------ 7693 - Activation, #8970 #7587 7668 - Activation, #8968 #7705 No CUoD Processor Book, One CUoD Processor Book, One Processor Processor 7815 - Activation #7813, #7731 7668 - Activation, #8968 #7705 No or #8969 CUoD Processorr CUoD Processor Book, One Books, One Processor Processor 7990 - Activation, #7988 or 7668 - Activation, #8968 #7705 No #7732 CUoD Processor Book, CUoD Processor Book, One One Processor Processor 7990 - Activation, #7988 or 7693 - Activation, #8970 #7587 No #7732 CUoD Processor Book, CUoD Processor Book, One One Processor Processor 7813 - 16-Way POWER5 Turbo CUoD 8968 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Yes Processor Book, 0-Way Active Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 7988 - 16-Way POWER5 Standard 8968 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Yes CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Turbo CUoD Processor Book, Active 0-Way Active



8969 - New 16-Way POWER5 Turbo 8968 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Yes CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Turbo CUoD Processor Book, Active 0-Way Active 8970 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz 8968 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Yes Standard CUoD Processor Book, Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active 0-Way Active 7988 - 16-Way POWER5 Standard 8970 - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz Yes CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Standard CUoD Processor Book, Active 0-Way Active

Feature conversions for 9119-595 Rack Related features

RETURN From FC: To FC: PARTS ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------ 6859 - Heat Exchanger Door Kit 6857 - Heat Exchanger Door Kit No for System System Rack, for System Rack, Blue Stripe Cu Stripe 6251 - Slim Line Doors 6861 - Slim Line Doors for No System Rack, Blue Stripe 6252 - Acoustic Doors 6862 - Acoustic Doors for No System Rack, Blue Stripe

Back to top

The IBM System p5 595 (9119-595) provides an expandable, high-end enterprise solution for managing the computing requirements needed to become an On Demand Business.

The p5-595 is configured as a 42U-tall 24-inch rack. It is available in 16-, 32-, 48-, and 64-way configurations. It provides memory expansion capability up to 2 TB.

The symmetric multiprocessor (SMP) server can be configured with from one to four standard or turbo 16-way processor books. Each 16-way book contains two 8-way multi-chip modules (MCMs) that use state-of-the-art, 64-bit, copper-based, POWER5 microprocessors. Each pair of processors within an MCM is supported by 1.9 MB of Level 2 cache and 36 MB of Level 3 cache. Each 16-way processor book also includes 16 slots for memory cards and six Remote I/O-2 attachment cards for connection of the system I/O drawers.

Up to 12 I/O drawers can be configured on a p5-595 server. Each I/O drawer contains twenty 3.3-volt PCI-X adapter slots and up to sixteen disk bays. Fully configured, the p5-595 can support 240 PCI adapters and 192 disks at 15,000 rpm.

Other features include:

Integrated service processor Integrated redundant power subsystem Dual-ported Ultra3 SCSI controller per I/O drawer Battery backup option Powered and nonpowered expansion rack options Dynamic logical partitioning (DLPAR) with up to 254 partitions supported

The p5-595 supports AIX 5L V5.2 and V5.3, Linux, and i5/OS V5R3 operating systems. These

Technical Description

Physical Specifications Operating Environment Limitations Hardware Requirements Software Requirements



operating systems can run simultaneously in different partitions within the p5-595 server. The i5/OS runs only on configurations using the POWER5 Standard CUoD Processor Book.

Note: Not all system features available under the AIX 5L operating system are available under the Lnux and i5/OS operating systems.

Capacity BackUp for p5

An IBM System p5 Capacity Backup offers an offsite, disaster recovery machine at an affordable price. A 4/32-way model 590 or a 4/32-way or 4/64-way 595 leverages On/Off CoD capabilities into an effective backup server. The offering includes:

Four processors that are permanently activated and can be used for any workload Either 28 or 60 standby processors to be used in the event of a disaster Either 900 (4/32-way) or 1800 (4/64-way) of On/Off CoD processor days available for testing or for use in the event of a disaster

Capacity BackUp configuration options

Capacity BackUp for p5 and p5+ servers are offered in configurations limited to the following: p5 595:

4/32 POWER5 standard processor (1.65 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 2 x FC 7732 and 4 x FC 7990 4/32 POWER5 turbo processor (1.9 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 2 x FC 7731 and 4 x FC 7815 4/32 new POWER5 turbo processor (1.9 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 2 x FC 7586 and 4 x FC 7815 4/32 POWER5+ standard processor (2.1 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 2 x FC 7587 and 4 x FC 7693 4/32 POWER5+ turbo processor (2.3GHz) CBU system: Must configure 2 x FC 7705 and 4 x FC 7668 4/64 POWER5 standard processor (1.65 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 4 x FC 7732 and 4 x FC 7990 4/64 POWER5 turbo processor (1.9 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 4 x FC 7731 and 4 x FC 7815 4/64 new POWER5 turbo processor (1.9 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 4 x FC 7586 and 4 x FC 7815 4/64 POWER5+ standard processor (2.1 GHz) CBU system: Must configure 4 x FC 7587 and 4 x FC 7693 4/64 POWER5+ turbo processor (2.3GHz) CBU system: Must configure 4 x FC 7705 and 4 x FC 7668

I/O and memory minimums and maximums are the same as the IBM p5-595 offerings.

The standby processors cannot be permanently activated. For the On/Off CoD processor days included in the offering, additional usage days may be purchased at regular On/Off CoD activation prices. However, regular use of standby processors outside a disaster is costly.

For more information on the Capacity BackUp Edition, visit

http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/ondemand/cod/

Capacity BackUp function

The following procedure allows flexibility in defining the number of active and standby processors for p5 590 and p5 595 customized configurations. Activations of IBM p5 590 and 595 Capacity BackUp (CBU) servers are made using the On/Off Capacity on Demand function. The same terms and contracts apply to CBU servers as apply to ones using On/Off CoD.



Temporary capacity enablement

Before using temporary capacity on your server, you must "enable" your server. To do this, order an enablement feature (MES only) and sign the required contracts.

IBM will generate an enablement code, mail it to you, and post it on the Web for you to retrieve and enter on your server.

A processor enablement code lets you activate up to 360 processor days (360 days x 1 processor) of temporary capacity. If you have reached the limit of 360 processor days, place an order for another processor enablement code to reset the number of days you can request to 360.

A memory enablement code lets you activate up to 999 memory days (999 days x 1 GB of memory) of temporary capacity. If you have reached the limit of 999 memory days, place an order for another memory enablement code to reset the number of days you can request to 999.

Temporary capacity enablement: Step-by-Step

1. Sales channel (IBM Business Partner or IBM Direct) must register at the following Web site:

http://www-912.ibm.com/supporthome.nsf/document/28640809

2. Client orders enablement codes for On/Off CoD enablement 3. Client must complete and sign the following contracts.

Required: IBM Customer Agreement, Attachment for On/Off Capacity On Demand Required: IBM Supplement for On/Off Capacity On Demand Optional: IBM Addendum for On/Off Capacity On Demand Alternative Reporting If Business Partners are involved, the following are required:

IBM Business Partner Agreement, Distributor Attachment for On/Off Capacity On Demand IBM Business Partner Agreement for Solution Providers -- Attachment for On/Off Capacity On Demand IBM Business Partner Agreement -- Attachment for On/Off Capacity On Demand

4. IBM generates an enablement code and mails/posts it to:

http://www-912.ibm.com/pod/pod

5. Customer retrieves the enablement code and applies it to the server.

Temporary capacity requests

When temporary capacity is needed for either testing or in the event of a disaster, go to the temporary capacity screen for the server and specify how many of the inactive processors or gigabytes of memory you would like temporarily activated.

You will be billed against the Capacity BackUp server credit days for the days used. If all the credit days have been used, standard charges for On/Off CoD activations will be billed.

At the end of the temporary period (days you requested), you must ensure the temporarily activated capacity is available to be reclaimed by the server (not assigned to partitions), or you will be billed forany unreturned processor days.

Temporary capacity billing

The contract, signed by the customer before receiving the enablement code, requires the client to report billing data at least once a month (whether there is activity or not). This data is used to determine the proper amount to bill the customer at the end of each billing period (calendar quarter).

Failure to report billing data for use of temporary processor or memory capacity during a billing quarter will result in default billing equivalent to 90 processor days per inactive processor.



Temporary capacity billing: Step-by-Step

1. Customer must report billing data (requested and unreturned processor and memory days) at a minimum of once per month either electronically or via fax.

2. At the end of each billing period (calendar quarter), IBM will process the reported data collected in the IBM database (MRPD), make adjustments for credit days (bonus and complementary) and then notify the sales channel for proper billing.

3. Sales channel places an order for a quantity of billing features (one processor billing feature ordered for each processor day used, and one memory day for each memory day utilized).

4. IBM will send a billing notice (notifies customer of billing actions) to the ship-to address on the order as part of the fulfillment process.

5. Customer pays the billed processor days if Capacity BackUp credit days are exhausted.

Physical Specifications IBM System p5 595 (9119-595) Primary System Rack

The IBM System p5 595 system includes a 24-inch primary system rack with 42U of rack space for: p5-595 server CEC assembly with one to four processor books (16-to 64-way) and a maximum of 24 RIO-2 adapters A primary and redundant bulk power assembly (BPA) A primary and redundant, optional Integrated Battery Backup (IBB) feature Up to four RIO-2 I/O drawers Covers, front and rear (option for either slim line or acoustic)

The p5-595 CEC rack incorporates a BPA, which provides a maximum power of 22.7 kW through either a 200, 380, or 480 V ac (3-phase) dual ac line cord. The BPA is mounted in the front (primary) and rear (redundant) sections of the top 8Us of the rack. The CEC rack has an option for an Integrated Battery Backup (IBB) feature mounted in the front (primary) and rear (redundant) sections of the rack.

pSeries Powered Expansion Rack (#5792)

The IBM System p5 595 system includes an optional 24-inch Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) with 42U of rack space for:

A primary and redundant bulk power assembly (BPA) A primary and redundant, optional Integrated Battery Backup (IBB) feature A maximum of eight RIO-2 I/O drawers Covers, front and rear (option for either slim line or acoustic)

A BPA is mounted in the front (primary) and rear (redundant) sections of the top 8Us of the rack. Each BPA provides a maximum power of 22.7 kW through either a 200, 380, or 480 V ac (3-phase) dual ac line cord. The powered Expansion Rack (#5792) has an option for a redundant Integrated Battery Backup feature mounted in the front (primary) and rear (redundant) sections of the rack.

pSeries Expansion Rack (#8691)

The p5-595 system includes a second expansion, bolt-on rack (#8691). The bolt-on rack is a 24-inch rack with 42U of rack space for mounting a maximum of eight RIO-2 I/O drawers. This rack bolts onto either the CEC system rack or the powered Expansion Rack (#5792). The bolt-on rack contains I/O drawers only and receives power from either the CEC rack or the powered Expansion Rack. It has an option for either slim line or acoustic front and rear covers.

Dimensions 1 Frame - Dimensions are identical for a p5-595 system rack, powered Expansion Rack (#5791), and bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691). 2 Frame - Dimensions include the p5-595 system rack with the bolt-on Expansion Rack, or the powered Expansion Rack (#5791) with the bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691).



---------------------------------------------------------------------| | Slim line | Acoustic || | mm (in) | mm (in) ||-------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------|| | 1 Frame | 2 Frame | 1 Frame | 2 Frame ||-------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------||Height | 2,025 (79.7) | 2,025 (79.7) | 2,025 (79.2) | 2,025 (79.2) ||Width | 785 (30.9) | 1,575 (62.0) | 785 (30.9) | 1,575 (62.0) ||Depth | 1,326 (52.2) | 1,326 (52.2) | 1,681 (66.2) | 1,681 (66.2) |---------------------------------------------------------------------

Maximum weight configuration

The maximum weight configuration of a p5-595 rack assembly occurs when the primary CEC rack is joined with a bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691). The options for this configuration include:

Processor books (2) I/O drawers (12 without IBB, 10 with IBB) Integrated Battery Backup (IBB) feature with redundancy Slim line or acoustic covers

The following weights include the required bulk power assembly (BPA).

----------------------------------------------------------------- | p5-595 CEC rack with bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With acoustic doors | With slim line doors | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With IBB | Without IBB | With IBB | Without IBB | | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | 2,458 (5,420) | 2,398 (5,287) | 2,441 (5,381) | 2,380 (5,248) | -----------------------------------------------------------------

The maximum stand-alone weight of a fully populated p5-595 CEC rack with two processor books and four I/O drawers without IBB and two I/O drawers with IBB is:

----------------------------------------------------------------- | p5-595 CEC rack | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With acoustic doors | With slim line doors | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With IBB | Without IBB | With IBB | Without IBB | | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | 1,310 (2,887) | 1,249 (2,754) | 1,301 (2,868) | 1,241 (2,735) | -----------------------------------------------------------------

The maximum weight configuration of the powered Expansion Rack (#5792) occurs when it is joined with a bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691). The options for this configuration include:

I/O drawers (10 with IBB) Integrated Battery Backup (IBB) feature with redundancy Slim line or acoustic doors

The following weights include the required bulk power assembly (BPA).

----------------------------------------------------------------- | Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) with | | bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With acoustic doors | With slim line doors | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With IBB | Without IBB | With IBB | Without IBB |



| kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | 1,960 (4,322) | N/A(1) | 1,943 (4,284) | N/A(1) | -----------------------------------------------------------------

Note: (1) Maximum weight occurs only with IBB. Without IBB, system configuration does not require a #8691. The above table assumes full IBB of the Bulk Power Assembly.

The maximum stand-alone weight of a fully populated powered Expansion Rack (#5792) includes the following options:

I/O drawers (8 without IBB, 6 with IBB) Integrated Battery Backup (IBB) feature with redundancy Slim line or acoustic doors

----------------------------------------------------------------- | Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With acoustic doors | With slim line doors | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | With IBB | Without IBB | With IBB | Without IBB | | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | kg (lb) | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | 1,142 (2,517) | 1,273 (2,806) | 1,131 (2,494) | 1,264 (2,786) | -----------------------------------------------------------------

For a Site Hardware Planning Guide, visit the IBM System p Hardware Information Center and select "Planning":

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ eserver/v1r2s/en_US/index.htm

To help assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM, industry-standard racks, review the vendor's installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating Environment Temperature:

10 to 32(1) degrees C (50 to 90(1) degrees F) for 16- to 32 way 10 to 28(1) degrees C (50 to 82(1) degrees F) for 48- to 64 way The above system operating environment has restrictions for server configurations using the rack mounted Media Drawer (#5795) with the following tape drives: FCs #6120, #6258 or #6279. These restrictions are specified as a note for each tape drive listed in the Feature Descriptions section. Note: (1) The above maximum temperatures of 32 degrees C (90 degrees F), and 28 degrees C (82 degrees F) are linearly derated above 1,295 m (4,250 ft) as follows: The maximum altitude for 16- to 32-way systems is 3,048 m (10,000 ft). The maximum temperature at 3,048 m (10,000 ft) is 24 degrees C (75 degrees F). The maximum altitude for 48- to 64-way systems is 2,133 m (7000 ft). The maximum temperature at 2,133 m (7000 ft) is 24 degrees C (75 degrees F).

Relative humidity: 8 % to 80 % Maximum wet bulb: 23 degrees C (73 F) (operating) Sound power:

8.3 bels (operating with slim line covers) 7.6 bels (operating with acoustic covers)



Sound pressure: 66 dBa (operating with slim line covers) 59 dBa (operating with acoustic covers)(2) Note: (2) Noise levels are for principal (typical) configurations of each frame. The 7 dB reduction in noise level with the acoustical doors corresponds to a factor of 4 reduction. That is, the noise level of a single A-Frame with thin covers is about the same as five A-Frames with acoustic covers.

Power requirements

Operating voltage (3-phase V ac at 50/60 Hz): 200 to 240 V; 380 to 415 V; 480 V Rated current (A per phase): 48 A or 60 A; 32 A; 24 A Inrush current: 163 A (maximum) Power consumption: 22,710 watts (maximum) Power source loading: 22.7 kVA Thermal output: 22,710 joules/sec (77,500 Btu/hr) maximum

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

U.S. - FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A Europe - CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity Japan - VCCI-1 Korea - Korean Requirement Class A

Homologation - Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (H&TA) organization in LaGaude.

This IBM System p5 model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

U.S.: UL Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL) Germany/Europe: GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

General requirements

The 9119-595 Server is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations Power

The 9119-595 defaults to a 60 amp service and requires a Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) for the following configurations:

One processor book (1.65 GHz or 1.9 GHz) has no restrictions; maximum of 6 (#5791, #5794, #4643) Two processor books (1.65 GHz or 1.9 GHz) and greater than 10 I/O drawers (#5791, #5794, #4643); maximum of 12 Three processor books (1.65 GHz or 1.9 GHz) and greater than four I/O drawers (#5791, #5794, #4643); maximum of 12 Four processor books (1.65 GHz or 1.9 GHz) and more than two I/O drawers (#5791, #5794, #4643) in CEC rack; maximum of 4 I/O drawers in CEC rack.

The 9119-595 requires a 100 amp service for the following configurations:

Two processor books (1.65 GHz or 1.9 GHz) and greater than 10 I/O drawers (#5791, #5794, #4643) with a bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691); maximum of 12 Four Processor books (1.65 GHz or 1.9 GHz) and greater than two I/O drawers



(#5791, #5794, #4643); maximum of 12

Note: No one processor book configuration requires a 100 amp service; maximum of six I/O drawers.

Note: No three processor book configurations require a 100 amp service. Greater than four I/O drawers always require a Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) which does not require 100 amp service.

Configuration information

IBM System p5 595 (9119-595)

Model 595 consists of the following major components: A 42U-tall, 24-inch system rack with auxiliary expansion racks, if required. A redundant power subsystem housed in the top 8U of the rack, with optional battery backup capability. An 18U-tall central electronics complex (CEC) housing the system backplane cooling fans and system electronic components. One to four 16-way POWER5 processor books mounted in the CEC. Each processor book incorporates 16 memory slots. One to 12 I/O drawers, each containing 20 PCI-X slots and either 8 or 16 hot-swap SCSI-3 disk bays.

Central electronics complex The p5-595 CEC is an 18U-tall, 24-inch rack-mounted device. It houses the system processors, memory, system support processor, I/O drawer connection capability, and associated components. It is installed immediately below the power subsystem. The p5-595 can be populated with up to four POWER5 or POWER5+ 16-core processor books. Each processor book contains two 8-core multi-chip modules (MCMs). Each 8-core MCM contains four dual-core processor chips:

Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9 MB of Level 2 cache and 36 MB of Level 3 cache. Processor books are available in standard (1.65 or 2.1 GHz) and turbo (1.9 or 2.3 GHz) speeds. All processor books in a p5-595 must operate at the same speed. Each processor book provides 16 memory card slots and 6 slots for RIO-2 dual loop adapters for attachment of I/O drawers.

One Multiplexer Card (#7812) is required for each processor book. The Multiplexer Card provides communication between the individual processor book and the System Service Processor.

Memory The p5-595 utilizes dual data rate (DDR1 or DDR2) DRAM memory cards. Each processor book provides 16 memory card slots for a maximum of 64 memory cards per server. Minimum system memory is 8 GB. Maximum system memory is 2048 GB. The following DDR1 memory is available:

4 GB 266 MHz CUoD card with 2 GB active (#7816) 8 GB 266 MHz CUoD card with 4 GB active (#7835) 16 GB fully activated 266 MHz card (#7828) 32 GB fully activated 200 MHz card (#7829) 256 GB package of 32 fully activated 8 GB cards (#8195)



512 GB package of 32 fully activated 16 GB cards (#8197) 512 GB package of 16 fully activated 32 GB cards (#8198)

The following DDR2 memory is available:

4 GB, 533 MHz fully activated memory cards (#7814) 4 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card with 0 GB active - must be ordered 50% activated (#4500) 8 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card with 0 GB active - must be ordered 50% activated (#4501) 16 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card with 0 GB active - must be ordered with a minimum of 50% activated (#4502) 32 GB 400 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card) with 0 GB active - must be ordered 100% activated (#4503 512 GB 533MHz DDR2 Memory Package of 32 GB cards) with 0 GB active - must be ordered 100% activated (#8151) 256 GB 533 MHz DDR2 Memory Package of 16 GB cards) with 0 GB active - must be ordered 100% activated (#8153)

DDR1 and DDR2 cannot be mixed within a p5-595 server. When CUoD memory is removed from the system, memory activations will remain with the donor system. In order to remove those activations from the system, the customer must contact the CUoD project office. The only exception to this is #7814 which is always 100% activated, whether installed or removed. Memory must be installed in identical pairs. p5-595 servers with one processor book must have a minimum of two memory cards installed. p5-595 servers with two or more processor books must have a minimum of four memory cards installed per processor book (two per MCM). The following memory configuration guidelines are recommended.

The same amount of memory should be used for each MCM (two per processor book) in the system. No more than two different sizes of memory cards should be used in any processor book. All MCMs (two per processor book) in the system should have the same aggregate memory size. A minimum of half of the available memory slots in the system should contain memory. It is better to install more cards of smaller capacity than fewer cards of larger capacity.

For p5-595 servers being used for high-performance computing, the following are strongly recommended:

Use DDR2 memory. Install some memory in support of each 8-way MCM (two MCMs per processor book). Use the same size memory cards across all MCMs and processor books in the system.

Racks, power, and cooling The p5-595 server must be installed in a raised floor environment. The primary system rack is a 24-inch rack with an integrated power subsystem to



support the p5-595 system. It provides 42U of rack space and houses the CEC and its components. A powered Expansion Rack (#5792) is available for large system configurations that require more power and space than is available from the primary system rack. It provides the same redundant power subsystem available in the primary rack. An unpowered Expansion Rack (#8691) is available if additional 24-inch rack space is required. To install the Expansion Rack feature, the side cover of the system rack or powered Expansion Rack is removed, the Expansion Rack (#8691) is bolted to the side, and the side cover is placed on the exposed side of the Expansion Rack (#8691). Power for components in the Expansion Rack is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the powered Expansion Rack. All p5-595 racks and expansion feature racks must have door assemblies installed. Door kits containing front and rear doors are available in either slim line or acoustic styles.

The slim line door kit provides a smaller footprint for use where conservation of space is desired. The acoustic door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

The height of the system rack or expansion rack features (42U) may require special handling when shipping by air or when moving under a low doorway. The p5-595 uses redundant power throughout its design. It implements redundant bulk power assemblies, bulk power regulators, power controllers, power distribution assemblies, DC Power Converters, and associated cabling. Power for the p5-595 CEC is supplied from DC bulk power assemblies in the system rack. The bulk power is converted to the power levels required for the CEC via DC Power Convertors. The primary system rack and powered Expansion Rack always incorporate two bulk power assemblies for redundancy. These provide 350 V dc power for devices located in those racks and associated nonpowered Expansion Racks. These bulk power assemblies are mounted in front and rear positions and occupy the top 8U of the rack. To help provide optimum system availability, these bulk power assemblies should be powered from separate power sources with separate line cords.

Three DC Power Converters (#7809) are always required for miscellaneous CEC components and the first 16-way processor book. Three additional DC Power Converters must be added for each additional 16-way processor book (second, third, or fourth).

The base CEC contains four cooling fans. Cooling Group feature number 7807 is required for p5-595 servers configured with:

One or more turbo processor books (#7813, #8969) Two or more standard processor books (#7988) One or more p5+ processor books (#8968, #8970) All CBU server configurations (#7586, #7587, #7705, #7731, #7732)

Power cable groups are used to connect the DC Power Converters to the bulk power assembly.

Feature number 7821 provides power for the CEC and four cooling fans. Feature number 7822 provides power for the first processor book. Feature number 7823 provides power for the second processor book. Feature number 7824 provides power for the third processor book. Feature number 7825 provides power for the fourth processor book. Feature number 7826 provides power for cooling group feature number 7807.

Redundant Bulk Power Regulators (BPR) (#6186) interface to the bulk power assemblies to help ensure proper power is supplied to the system components. Bulk power regulators are always installed in pairs in the front and rear bulk power assemblies to provide redundancy. The number of bulk power regulators required is configuration-dependent based on the number of processor MCMs and I/O drawers installed.



Redundant Bulk Power Controller (BPC) (#7803) assemblies are required for the bulk power assemblies. In addition to providing power control, each BPC provides six power connectors for attaching system components. Redundant Bulk Power Distribution (BPD) Assemblies (#7837) provide additional power connections to support the system cooling fans DC Power Converters contained in the CEC and the I/O drawers. Ten connector locations are provided by each power distribution assembly. When p5-595 servers contain three or four processor books, the power subsystem in the primary system rack can support only the CEC and any I/O drawers that can be mounted in the system rack itself. In such configurations, additional I/O drawers must be mounted in the powered Expansion Rack (#5792). In very large configurations, which include battery backup, the unpowered Expansion Rack (#8691) is attached to the powered Expansion Rack (#5792). The power subsystem in the primary system rack is capable of supporting p5-595 servers with one or two processor books installed and up to twelve attached I/O drawers. In such configurations, some I/O drawers are mounted in the unpowered Expansion Rack (#8691), which is attached directly to the system rack. The I/O drawers in the feature number 8691 rack receive their power from the power subsystem in the system rack. p5-595 servers with one or two processor books installed can also use the powered Expansion Rack for mounting any I/O drawers that cannot be mounted in the primary system rack. Customers purchasing p5-595 servers with only one or two processor books and more I/O drawers than can be configured in the primary system rack should carefully consider their future system growth requirements to determine which rack combination to purchase. The number of Bulk Power Regulators (BPRs, #6186) and Bulk Power Distribution (BPD) Assemblies (#7837) varies, depending on the number of processor books, I/O drawers, and battery backup or media drawer features installed, as well as the racking configurations and power line cords. The following tables provide the number of BPRs and BPDs required for each combination. p5 595 Servers using Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) and Bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691) without Integrated Battery Backup (#6200)(3,4):

1 Processor 2 Processor 3 Processor 4 Processor Book(2) Books(2) Books(2) Books (2) ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1 Drawer 2 2(1) 4 4 6 4 6 4 2 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 6 4 6 4 3 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 6 4 6(3) 4 4 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 6 4 6(3) 4 5 Drawers 6 2(1) 8 4 8 4 8 4 6 Drawers 6 2(1) 8 4 8 4 8 4(3) 7 Drawers NA NA 8 4 8 4 8 4(3) 8 Drawers NA NA 8 6 8 6 8(3) 6 9 Drawers NA NA 8 6 8 6 8(3) 6 10 Drawers NA NA 10 6 10 6 10 6 11 Drawers NA NA 10 6 10 6 10 6(3) 12 Drawers NA NA 10 6 10 6 10 6(3)

Note: (1) Four BPDs are required for p5 595 servers equipped with one #7813, #8968, #8969 or #8970 processor books. These extra BPDs are needed to power the fans required for these processor books.

Note: (2) Standard (#7988) or Turbo (#7813) Processor Books. The BPRs and BPDs specified above indicate the system total quantity located in both the system CEC Rack and, when used, the powered Expansion Rack.

Note: (3) This table may be used when 60 amp Line Cords (#8688, #8689, #8694) are used for the system CEC Rack w/o IBB. With 60 amp Line Cords, the above noted BPRs & BPDs are increased by two above that stated in the table. With this table, either 60 amp or 100 amp Line



Cords can be used with both the system CEC or powered Expansion Racks.

Note: (4) This table can not be used when the Media Drawer - rack mounted (#5795) is used.

p5 595 servers using #8691 unpowered Expansion Rack without Integrated Battery Backup (#6200)(3,4):

1 Processor 2 Processor Book(2) Books(2) ----------- ----------- BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs ---- ---- ---- ---- 1 Drawer 2 2(1) 4 4 2 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 3 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 4 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 5 Drawers 4 4 6 4 6 Drawers 4 4 6 4 7 Drawers NA NA 6 4 8 Drawers NA NA 6 6 9 Drawers NA NA 6 6 10 Drawers NA NA 6 6 11 Drawers NA NA 6 6 12 Drawers NA NA 6 6

Note: (1) Four BPDs are required for p5 595 servers equipped with one #7813, #8968, #8969 or #8970 processor books and four or fewer I/O drawers. These extra BPDs are needed to power the fans required for these processor books.


Note: (3) This table may be used when 60 amp Line Cords (#8688, #8689, #8694) are used for the system CEC Rack w/o IBB. With this table, either 60 amp or 100 amp Line Cords can be used with the system CEC Rack.

Note: (4) This table can not be used when the Media Drawer - rack mounted (#5795) is used. This table cannot be used when the Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) used.

p5 595 Servers using Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) and Bolt-on Expansion Rack (#8691) with Integrated Battery Backup (#6200)(3/4):

1 Processor 2 Processor 3 Processor 4 Processor Book(2) Books(2) Books(2) Books (2) ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1 Drawer 2 2(1) 4 4 6 4 6 4 2 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 6 4 6 4 3 Drawers 4 2(1) 8(4) 4 8(4) 4 8(4) 4 4 Drawers 6 2(1) 8 4 8 4 8 4 5 Drawers 6 2(1) 8 4 8 4 8 4 6 Drawers 6 2(1) 8 6(4) 8 6(4) 8 6(4) 7 Drawers NA NA 8 6 8 6 8 6 8 Drawers NA NA 10 6 10 6 10 6 9 Drawers NA NA 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 Drawers NA NA 10 8(4) 10 8(4) 10 8(4) 11 Drawers NA NA 10 8(4) 10 8(4) 10 8(4) 12 Drawers NA NA 10 8 10 8 10 8

Note: (1) Four BPDs are required for p5 595 servers equipped with one #7813, #8968, #8969 or #8970 processor books. These extra BPDs are needed to power the fans required for these processor books.




Note: (3) This table may be used when 60 amp Line Cords (#8688, #8689, #8694) are used for the system CEC Rack w/IBB. With this table, either 60 amp or 100 amp Line Cords may be used with both the system CEC or powered Expansion Racks.

Note: (4) This table is required when the Media Drawer - rack mounted (#5795) is used. With a #5795 Media Drawer, the above noted BPRs and BPDs are two less than stated in the table. Use of the #5795 Media Drawer precludes use of IBB (#6200).

p5 595 Servers using #8691 unpowered Expansion Rack with Integrated Battery Backup (#6200)(3,4):

1 Processor 2 Processor Book(2) Books(2) ----------- ----------- BPRs BPDs BPRs BPDs ---- ---- ---- ---- 1 Drawer 2 2(1) 4 4 2 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 3 Drawers 4 2(1) 6 4 4 Drawers 4 4 6 4 5 Drawers 4 4 6 4 6 Drawers 4 4 6 6(3) 7 Drawers NA NA 6 6 8 Drawers NA NA 6 6 9 Drawers NA NA 6 6 10 Drawers NA NA 6 6 11 Drawers NA NA 8(3) 6 12 Drawers NA NA 8 6

Note: (1) Four BPDs are required for p5 595 servers equipped with one #7813, #8968, #8969 or #8970 processor books and three or fewer I/O drawers. These extra BPDs are needed to power the fans required for these processor books.


Note: (3) This table is required when the Media Drawer - rack mounted (#5795) is used. With a #5795 Media Drawer, the above noted BPRs and BPDs are two less than that stated in the table. This table may be used when 60 amp Line Cords (#8688, #8689, #8694) are used for the system CEC Rack w/IBB. With this table, either 60 amp or 100 amp Line Cords may be used with the system CEC Rack.

Note: (4) This table can not be used when the Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) used. An optional Integrated Battery Backup is available, if desired. The battery backup features are designed to protect against power line disturbances and provide sufficient power to allow an orderly system shutdown in the event that the power sources fail. The battery backup features each require 2U of space in the primary system rack or in the powered Expansion Rack (#5792). The battery backup features attach to the system bulk power regulators. The primary Integrated Battery Backup (#6200) is used to back up the power subsystem mounted in the front of the system CEC or powered Expansion Racks. It interfaces to the power regulators (BPRs) with the feature number 6240 cable. If battery backup is desired, one feature number 6200 is required to be ordered for each BPR in the front power subsystem of the CEC and powered Expansion Racks. The primary battery backup features mount in the front of both the CEC and powered Expansion Racks. The first, second and third battery backup units are mounted in the 13U, 15U and 11U locations respectively within the CEC Rack. If a fourth or fifth primary backup feature is required, they will be mounted at the 13U and 17U locations respectively in the powered Expansion Rack. Refer to the "p5 595 system configurations" for diagrams showing positioning of the battery backup units within the



various combinations of system and expansion racks available. The redundant Integrated Battery Backup (#6201) is used to backup the redundant power subsystem mounted in the back of the system CEC Rack. Whereas, IBB feature 6200 is used to backup the redundant power subsystem mounted in the rear of the powered Expansion Rack. Redundant IBB interfaces to the power regulators (BPRs) in the CEC Rack with the feature number 6240 cable, and feature number 6242 cable is used to interface with the power regulators in the powered Expansion Rack. If redundant battery backup is desired, one feature number 6201 is required to be ordered for each redundant BPR in the rear power subsystem of the CEC Rack. Also, one feature number 6200 is required to be ordered for each redundant BPR in the rear power subsystem of the powered Expansion Rack. All redundant Integrated Battery Backup features mounted in the powered and bolt-on Expansion Racks are mounted in the front of each rack; whereas, they are mounted in the rear of the CEC Rack behind the primary IBB features. The first, second and third battery backup units are mounted in the 13U, 15U and 11U locations respectively behind the primary IBB features in the rear of the CEC Rack. If a fourth or fifth primary backup feature is required, they will be mounted at the 15U and 13U locations in the front of the powered and bolt-on Expansion Racks respectively. Refer to the "p5 595 system configurations" for diagrams showing positioning of the battery backup units within the various combinations of system and expansion racks available. If additional external communication and storage devices are required, 7014-T00 or T42 racks should be ordered. There is no limit on the number of 7014 racks allowed.

Logical partitioning Logical partitioning (LPAR) allows the p5-595 server resources to be allocated and to simultaneously run multiple instances of the supported operating systems on a single server. LPAR allocation, monitoring, and control is provided by the Hardware Management Console. Each LPAR functions under its own instance of the operating system. A minimum of 128 MB of memory is required per LPAR.

Advanced POWER Virtualization technology and Partition Load Manager Advanced POWER Virtualization feature allows partitions to be created that are in units of less than one CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. With Advanced POWER Virtualization feature, the processors on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor. Advanced POWER Virtualization feature includes Partition Load Manager, which provides cross-partition workload management across the system LPARs. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the subprocessor level. Using Advanced POWER Virtualization feature, the p5-595 can be divided into as many as 254 LPARs. System resources can be dedicated to each LPAR. Advanced POWER Virtualization feature requires AIX 5L V5.3 or SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER.

System control Each p5-595 server must be connected to a Hardware Management Console (HMC) for system control, LPAR, Capacity Upgrade on Demand, and service functions. The HMC is capable of supporting multiple POWER5 servers. Each p5-595 server can be connected to two HMCs for redundancy, if desired. The p5-595 is connected to the HMC through Ethernet connections to the front and rear Bulk Power Controllers (#7803).

I/O drawers



The p5-595 utilizes 4U-tall remote I/O drawers for directly attached PCI or PCI-X adapters and SCSI disk capabilities. Each I/O drawer is divided into two separate halves. Each half contains 10 blind-swap PCI-X slots and one or two Ultra3 SCSI 4-pack backplanes for a total of 20 PCI slots and up to 16 hot-swap disk bays per drawer. A minimum of one I/O drawer (#5791 or #5794) is required per system. I/O drawer feature number 5791 contains 20 PCI-X slots and 16 disk bays, and feature number 5794 contains 20 PCI-X slots and 8 disk bays. Existing 7040-61D I/O drawers may be attached to a p5-595 server as additional I/O drawers, if available.

Only 7040-61D I/O drawers containing feature number 6571 PCI-X planars are supported. Any feature number 6563 PCI planars must be replaced with feature number 6571 PCI-X planars before the drawer can be attached.

A maximum of 12 I/O drawers can be connected to a p5-595 server. One single-wide, blind-swap cassette (equivalent to those in #4599) is provided in each PCI or PCI-X slot of the I/O drawer. Cassettes not containing an adapter will be shipped with a "dummy" card installed to help ensure proper environmental characteristics for the drawer. If additional single-wide, blind-swap cassettes are needed, feature number 4599 should be ordered. All 10 PCI-X slots on each I/O drawer planar are capable of supporting either 64-bit or 32-bit PCI or PCI-X adapters. Each I/O drawer planar provides 10 PCI-X slots capable of supporting 3.3-V signaling PCI or PCI-X adapters operating at speeds up to 133 MHz. Each I/O drawer planar incorporates two integrated Ultra3 SCSI adapters for direct attachment of the two 4-pack hot-swap backplanes in that half of the drawer. These adapters do not support external SCSI device attachments. Each half of the I/O drawer is powered separately.

I/O drawer attachment System I/O drawers are always connected to the 595 CEC via RIO-2 loops. Drawer connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. Systems with nonlooped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. RIO-2 loop connections operate at 1 GHz. RIO-2 loops connect to the system CEC via RIO-2 loop attachment adapters (#7818). Each adapter has two ports and can support one RIO-2 loop. Up to six of the adapters can be installed in each 16-way processor book. Up to 12 I/O drawers can be attached to the p5-595, depending on the server and attachment configuration. I/O drawers may be connected to the CEC in either single-loop or dual-loop mode. Dual-loop mode is recommended whenever possible as it provides the maximum bandwidth between the I/O drawer and the CEC. Single-loop mode connects an entire I/O drawer to the CEC through one RIO-2 loop (two ports). The two I/O planars in the I/O drawer are connected with a short RIO-2 cable. Single-loop connection requires one loop (two ports) per I/O drawer. Dual-loop mode connects each I/O planar in the drawer to the CEC separately. Each I/O planar is connected to the CEC through a separate RIO-2 loops. Dual-loop connection requires two loops (four ports) per I/O drawer. The following table indicates the number of single-looped and double-looped I/O drawers that can be connected to a p5-595 server based on the number of processor books installed:

Single-looped Dual-looped ------------- ----------- 1 processor book 6 3 2 processor books 12 6



3 processor books 12 9 4 processor books 12 12

On initial orders of p5-595 servers, IBM manufacturing will place dual-loop-connected I/O drawers as the lowest numerically designated drawers followed by any single-looped I/O drawers.

p5 p595 system configurations

FC #8691 FC #8691 FC #5792 2 Processor 2/4 Processor 2/4 Processor Books p595 Books Books Unpowered System Unpowered Powered Expansion CEC Expansion Expansion Rack Rack Rack Rack ------------------------------- ---------------------------- | | Power | | | Power | | 4U Filler | | 39U/40U | 4U Filler | | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | | | 4U Filler | Power | 35U/36U | 4U Filler | Power | |-----------|-----------------| |------------|-------------| | | CEC | | | | | Drawer 10 | | 31U/32U | 4U Filler | Drawer 9 | |-----------| | |------------|-------------| | | | | | | | Drawer 9 | | 27U/28U | 4U Filler | Drawer 8 | |-----------| | |------------|-------------| | | | | | | | Drawer 8 | | 23U/24U | 4U Filler | Drawer 7 | |-----------| | |------------|-------------| | | | | | | | Drawer 7 | | 19U/20U | 4U Filler | Drawer 6 | |-----------| | |------------|-------------| | 2U Filler | CEC | 17U/18U | | 6200-P5 | |-----------|-----------------| | |-------------| | | 6200-P1,6201-R1 | 15U/16U | 4U Filler | 6200-R4 | | |-----------------| |------------|-------------| | Drawer 6 | 6200-P2,6201-R2 | 13U/14U | 6200-R5 | 6200-P4 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------|-------------| | | 6200-P3,6201-R3 | 11U/12U | | | | |-----------------| | | | | Drawer 5 | 2U Filler | 9U/10U | Drawer 12 | Drawer 3 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------|-------------| | | | | | | | Drawer 4 | Drawer 1 | 5U/6U | Drawer 11 | Drawer 4 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------|-------------| | | | | | | | Drawer 3 | Drawer 2 | 1U/2U | Drawer 10 | Drawer 5 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------|-------------| |-----------------------------| |--------------------------| |With Battery|With Battery | |With Battery|With Battery | | Backup | Backup | | Backup | Backup | |-----------------------------| |--------------------------|


FC #8691 FC #5792 1 Processor 1 Processor Book p595 Book Unpowered System Powered Expansion CEC Expansion Rack Rack Rack



------------------------------- -------------- | | Power | | Power | | 4U Filler | | 39U/40U | | |-----------| | | | | | | | | | 4U Filler | Power | 35U/36U | Power | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | CEC | | | | 4U Filler | | 31U/32U | 4U Filler | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | 4U Filler | | 27U/28U | 4U Filler | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | 4U Filler | | 23U/24U | 4U Filler | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | 4U Filler | | | 4U Filler | |-----------| | |------------| | 2U Filler | CEC | 17U/18U | 2U Filler | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | 2U Filler | 6200-P1,6201-R1 | 15U/16U | 6200-R3 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | 2U Filler | 6200-P2,6201-R2 | 13U/14U | 6200-P3 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 6 | Drawer 3 | 9U/10U | Drawer 4 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 5 | Drawer 1 | 5U/6U | Drawer 5 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 4 | Drawer 2 | 1U/2U | Drawer 6 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| |-----------------------------| |------------| |With Battery|With Battery | |With Battery| | Backup | Backup | | Backup | |-----------------------------| |------------|


FC #8691 FC #5792 1/2 Processor 1/4 Processor Books p595 Books Unpowered System Powered Expansion CEC Expansion Rack Rack Rack ------------------------------- -------------- | | Power | | Power | | 4U Filler | | 39U/40U | | |-----------| | | | | | | | | | 4U Filler | Power | 35U/36U | Power | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | CEC | | | | Drawer 12 | | 31U/32U | Drawer 11 | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 11 | | 27U/28U | Drawer 10 | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 10 | | 23U/24U | Drawer 9 | |-----------| | |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 9 | | | Drawer 8 | |-----------| | |------------|



| 2U Filler | CEC | 17U/18U | 2U Filler | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 8 | Drawer 4 | 13U/14U | Drawer 12 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 7 | Drawer 3 | 9U/10U | Drawer 5 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 6 | Drawer 1 | 5U/6U | Drawer 6 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| | | | | | | Drawer 5 | Drawer 2 | 1U/2U | Drawer 7 | |-----------|-----------------| |------------| |-----------------------------| |------------| | No Battery| No Battery | | No Battery | | Backup | Backup | | Backup | |-----------------------------| |------------|

Disks, boot devices, and media devices The p5-595 server must have access to a device capable of reading CD media or to a NIM server.

The recommended devices for reading CD media are the rack mounted media drawer #5795, 7212-102, 7210-025, or 7210-030. The Media Drawer #5795 is mounted in the 13U location of the CEC Rack; whereas, the 7212-102, 7210-025, and 7210-030 devices attach via a PCI SCSI adapter in one of the system I/O drawers. Rack mounted Media Drawer (#5795) provides a 1U high internal media drawer for use with the p5 595 (9119-595). This media drawer will be located in the 13U position of the CEC Rack. The media drawer displaces any I/O drawer or battery backup feature components which would be located in the 13U through 16U location of the primary system rack. The Media Drawer (#5795) supports a maximum of three media devices , two DVD drives, and one tape drive. If a NIM server is used, it must attach through a PCI LAN adapter in one of the system I/O drawers. An Ethernet connection is recommended.

A minimum of two internal SCSI hard disks are required per p5-595 server. It is recommended that these disks be used as mirrored boot devices. These disks should be mounted in the first I/O drawer whenever possible. This configuration provides service personnel the maximum amount of diagnostic information if the system encounters errors in the boot sequence. Boot support is also available from local SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel adapters, or from networks via ENET or token-ring adapters. Consideration should also be given to the placement of the AIX rootvg volume group in the first I/O drawer. This allows AIX to boot any time other I/O drawers are found offline during boot. If the boot source other than internal disk is configured, the supporting adapter should also be in the first I/O drawer. The p5-595 incorporates an Early Power Off Warning (EPOW) capability that assists in performing an orderly system shutdown in the event of a sudden power loss. IBM recommends use of the Integrated Battery Backup features or an uninterruptible power system (UPS) to help ensure against loss of data due to power failures.

PCI and PCI-X slots and adapters System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given to help assure connectivity and function. Configuration limitations have been established to help ensure appropriate PCI or PCI-X bus loading, adapter addressing, and system and adapter functional



characteristics when ordering I/O drawers. These I/O drawer limitations are in addition to individual adapter limitations shown in the feature descriptions section of the Sales Manual.

Keyboards and displays USB keyboards supporting various language groups can be ordered with the I/O drawer for use with native-attached displays on the p5-595. A three-button USB mouse connects to the USB keyboard. A variety of flat panel and CRT displays are available to support graphics adapters, if desired.

Adapters Most PCI and PCI-X adapters for the p5-595 system are capable of being hot-plugged. Any PCI adapter supporting a boot device or system console should not be hot-plugged. The following adapters are not hot-plug-capable:

POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support (#2849) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962)

The maximum number of a specific PCI or PCI-X adapter allowed per p5-595 server may be less than the number allowed per I/O drawer multiplied by the maximum number of I/O drawers.

On demand computing

Capacity Upgrade on Demand for processors Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) for processors is available for the p5-595 servers. CUoD for processors allows inactive processors to be installed in the p5-595 server and can be permanently activated by the customer as required. All processor books available on the p5-595 are initially implemented as 16-way CUoD offerings with zero active processors. A minimum of 6 permanently activated processors are required on the p5-595 server. The minimum number of permanently activated processors is based on the number of processor books installed as follows:

One processor book installed requires 6 permanently activated processors. Two processor books installed requires 12 permanently activated processors. Three processor book installed requires 18 permanently activated processors. Four processor books installed requires 24 permanently activated processors.

Additional processors on the CUoD MCMs are activated in increments of one by ordering the appropriate activation feature number. If more than one processor is to be activated at the same time, the activation feature should be ordered in multiples. After receiving an order for a CUoD for processors activation feature, IBM will provide the customer with a 32-character encrypted key. This key is entered into the system to activate the desired number of additional processors. CUoD processors that have not been activated are available to the p5-595 server for dynamic processor sparing when running the AIX 5L operating system. If the server detects the impending failure of an active processor, it will attempt to activate one of the unused CUoD processors and add it to the system configuration. This helps to keep the server's processing power at full strength until a repair action can be scheduled.

On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) is available for p5-595 servers. On/Off CoD allows customers to temporarily activate installed CUoD processors and memory resources and later deactivate the resources as desired. Customers with installed but inactive CUoD processor and memory resources can order On/Off CoD activation features. Each On/Off CoD activation ordered authorizes activation of one processor or 1 GB of memory for 30 days of usage. These



activations may be used for 30 consecutive days or turned on and off over a longer period of time, if desired. On/Off processor resources can be implemented via a prepaid plan if desired. The 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity features allow use of processors for up to 30 days as required at the customer's discretion without further contracts or authorization. Prepaid Reserve Capacity requires Advanced POWER Virtualization feature. On/Off processor and memory resources can be implemented on a "pay-as-you-go" basis.

On/Off Processor and Memory Enablement features can be used. Signing an On/Off Capacity on Demand contract is required. An enablement code will be supplied to activate the enablement feature. After the On/Off Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, the customer must report on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, which is used to compute the billing data, is provided to the sales channel, which will place an order for the quantity of On/Off Memory Day Billing features used and invoice the customer.

Customers may order multiples of the On/Off CoD activation features if desired. The HMC controlling the p5-595 server will be used to set the parameters desired when using multiple On/Off CoD activation features. Each On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) activation feature provides 30 days of usage for CUoD processor or memory feature. Each On/Off CoD feature applies to any of the inactive CUoD processors or memory installed in the system. The following are examples of the usage calculation:

A processor day is measured each time a processor is activated in a 24-hour period or any fraction thereof. If four processors are activated for two hours of testing or production, the result is four processor usage days. Each time processors are activated starts a new measurement day. If a customer activates four processors for a two-hour test and later in the same 24-hour period activates two processors for two hours to meet a peak workload, the result is six processor days usage.

Capacity Upgrade on Demand for memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) for memory is available for p5-595 servers. CUoD for memory allows inactive memory to be installed in the p5-595 server and can be permanently activated by the customer as required. CUoD for memory may be used in any available memory position. Additional CUoD memory cards are activated in increments of 1 GB by ordering the appropriate activation feature number. If more than one 1 GB memory increment is to be activated at the same time, the activation code should be ordered in multiples. After receiving an order for a CUoD for memory activation feature, IBM will provide the customer a 32-character encrypted key. This key is entered into the system to activate the desired number of additional 1 GB memory increments. Memory configuration rules for the p5-595 server apply to CUoD for memory cards as well as conventional memory cards. The memory configuration rules are applied based upon the maximum capacity of the memory card.

Apply 4 GB configuration rules for 4 GB CUoD for memory cards with less than 4 GB of active memory. Apply 8 GB configuration rules for 8 GB CUoD for memory cards with less than 8 GB of active memory.

Trial Capacity on Demand Trial Capacity on Demand (Trial CoD) is a function delivered with all pSeries servers supporting CUoD resources beginning May 30, 2003. Those servers with standby CUoD processors or memory will be capable of using a one-time, no-cost activation for a maximum period of 30 consecutive days. This enhancement allows for



benchmarking of CUoD resources or can be used to provide immediate access to standby resources when the purchase of a permanent activation is pending. Trial CoD is a complimentary service offered by IBM. Although IBM intends to continue it for the foreseeable future, IBM reserves the right to withdraw Trial CoD at any time, with or without notice.

Dynamic logical partitioning DLPAR allows system resources to be easily and quickly configured across multiple LPARs on the p5-595 server. DLPAR can be used to add newly activated CUoD processors and memory into the p5-595 configuration without requiring a system reboot. This function is supported by AIX 5L and the Linux 2.6 kernel which is currently available only in SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER.

Hardware Requirements Minimum system configuration -- IBM System p5 595

The minimum configuration for a p5-595 includes the following items: One - IBM System p5 595 (9119-595) One - 16-Way, POWER5 or POWER5+ Processor Book, 0-Way Active (#7813(1), #8968(1), #8969(1), #8970(1) or #7988) Note: (1) The following must be added to p5-595 servers with one processor book (#7693, #7813, #7990, #8968, #8969 or #8970):

One - Cooling Group (#7807) One - Power Cable Group (#7826)

Six - 1-Way, Processor Activations (#7693, #7815, #7868 or #7990) Six - Advanced Power Virtualization (#7992) Two - Memory cards with a minimum of 8 GB of activated memory Two - Processor Clock Cards, Programmable (#7810) One - Power Cable Group, Bulk Power to CEC and Fans (#7821) Three - Power Converter Assemblies, Central Electronics Complex (#7809) One - Power Cable Group, First Processor Book (#7822) Two - Service Processors (#7811) One - Multiplexer Card (#7812) Two - RIO-2 Loop Adapter, Single Loop (#7818) One - I/O Drawer (4U rack space required)(#5791 or #5794) One - Remote I/O Cable, 0.6 M (#7924)(between drawer halves) Two - Remote I/O Cables, 3.5 M (#3147) Two - 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3277 or #3278) One - PCI SCSI Adapter or PCI LAN Adapter for attachment of a device to read CD media or attachment to a NIM server One - I/O Drawer Attachment Cable Group (#6122) One - Slim Line or Acoustic Door Kit (#6251 or #6252) Two - Bulk Power Regulators (#6186) Two - Power Controller Assemblies (#7803) Two - Power Distribution Assemblies (#7837)



Two - Line Cords (#86xx) One - Language Specify (#9xxx)

Model conversion

IBM System p5 590 to p5 595 (9119-590 to 9119-595)

Customers with installed p5-590 servers can increase their computing power by ordering a model conversion to the p5-595 server.

Ordering model conversion provides:

Change in model designation from p5-590 to p5-595 (9119-590 to 9119-595) p5-595 labels with same serial number as existing p5-590 server Any model-specific system documentation that ships with a new 595 server

Each model conversion order also requires feature conversions to:

Update machine configuration records Ship system components as necessary

Feature conversions must be processed as follows for each 0/16-way processor book and CUoD activation feature on the existing p5-590 server, if installed:

If the resulting p5-595 is a standard system:

7981 to 7988 - p5-590 Standard Processor Book to p5-595 Standard Processor Book 7925 to 7990 - Permanent Processor Activations 7993 to 7996 - On/Off Processor Billing 7839 to 7994 - On/Off Processor Enablement 7926 to 7991 - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity

If the resulting p5-595 is a turbo system:

7981 to 7813 - p5-590 Standard Processor Book to p5-595 Turbo Processor Book 7925 to 7815 - Permanent Processor Activations 7993 to 7972 - On/Off Processor Billing 7839 to 7971 - On/Off Processor Enablement 7926 to 7975 - Prepaid Reserve Capacity

Note: The existing model 590 components replaced during model conversions and feature conversions become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Note: Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

Note: The system racks, power components, cables, memory, I/O drawers, and adapter cards from the existing p5-590 server may be utilized with the resulting p5-595 server.

Software Requirements One or more of the following operating systems:

AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance Package (APAR IY56722), or later, plus APAR IY60347 AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with APAR IY60349, or later i5/OS V5R3, or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER systems, or later Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3

Note: Not all system features available under the AIX 5L operating system are available under the Linux operating system.

For a list of systems and features that operate with Linux, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/ hardware/factsfeatures.html



Back to top

The following information is shipped with the p5-595. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

Title Order number---------------------------------------------------------- ------------IBM eServer Hardware Information Center CD-ROM SK3T-8159 IBM eServer Safety Information G229-9054 Setup Instructions SA41-5156 IBM Statement of Limited Warranty Z125-4753 IBM License Agreement for Machine Code Z125-5468 Pointer Sheet for Machine Internal Code License Agreement GC52-1065

Back to top

No Charge Specify Codes LANGUAGES

(#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English (#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan) (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC) (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech (#9725) - Language Group Specify - Romanian (#9727) - Language Group Specify - Slovenian

SPECIFY CODES

(#0265) - AIX Partition Specify (#0266) - Linux Partition Specify (#0267) - i5/OS Partition Specify (#0530) - i5/OS Version V5R3 Specify (#8453) - Base Customer Spec Plcmnt (#4643) - 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attachment Indicator (#4644) - 7045-SW4 Migrated Drawer Indicator

Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders ADAPTERS

(#5902) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter (#5912) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter

Publications

Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange

No Charge Specify Codes Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable Feature Exchanges



(#5922) - Non-paired SAS RAID indicator (#7811) - System Service Processor

CABLES

(#3652) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M (#3653) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M (#3654) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M (#3661) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M (#3662) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M (#3663) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M (#3684) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M (#3685) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M (#3691) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M (#3692) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M (#3693) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M (#3694) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M (#7821) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, CEC Primary Fans (#7822) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 1st CEC Book (#7854) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/5U

POWER

(#7803) - Bulk Power Controller Assembly MISCELLANEOUS

(#5005) - Software Preinstall PROCESSORS

(#7730) - Cap. BackUp POWER5 Std. Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (#7731) - Cap. BackUp POWER5 Turbo Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (#7732) - Cap. BackUp POWER5 Std. Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (#7810) - Processor Clock Card, Programmable

RACK RELATED

(#5886) - EXP 12S Expansion Drawer (#6850) - Weight Reduction Option (#7960) - Compact Handling Option

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable ADAPTERS

(#2737) - Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI (#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI Adapter (#2848) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#4599) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal (#4764) -PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) (#4964) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor



(#5647) -Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5710) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5711) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter (#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter (#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter (#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter (#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter (#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter (#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5737) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter (#7812) - Multiplexer Card (#7817) - 1 Link Switch Network Interface, optical (p5 590/595) (#7818) - Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Two Port (#7820) - GX Dual-port 12x HCA

CABLES

(#1838) - 8m 12x to three 4x Cable (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M (#2137) - SCSI Cable, B&C TO Media Drawer, 1.5M, Mini-68P TO 68P (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) - LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232 (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 (#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack (#3256) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)20M Optical (#3257) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)40M Optical (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M (#4242) - 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell) (#4253) - SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge (#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch) (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (#8136) - Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (#7801) - Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit (#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232 (#2952) - Cable, V.35 (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499 (#2954) - Cable, X.21 (#3147) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M (#3170) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 8.0M (#6127) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/9U (#6128) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/13U (#6129) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/19U



(#7823) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 2nd CEC Book (#7824) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 3rd CEC Book (#7825) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 4th CEC Book (#7826) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 7807 Cooling Grp. (#7847) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/13U (#7848) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/19U (#7849) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/23U (#7850) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/27U (#7851) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/31U (#7853) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/1U (#7855) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/9U (#7856) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/13U (#7857) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/19U (#7858) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/23U (#7859) - I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/27U (#7923) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)3.5M Optical (#7924) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 0.6M (#7962) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)10 meter Optical (#7963) - Switch Cbl.(SNI), 30 meter, Optical

DISKS

(#3157) - 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3158) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3159) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (#3647) - 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (#3648) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (#3649) - 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647 (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648 (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649

DISPLAYS

(#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable (#3635) - T210 Flat-Panel Monitor (#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor (#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor (#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

KEYBOARDS

(#5951) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P (#5952) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189 (#5953) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142 (#5954) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129 (#5955) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P (#5956) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172 (#5957) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194 (#5958) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275 (#5959) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208 (#5960) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413 (#5961) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467 (#5962) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445 (#5963) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058 (#5964) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120 (#5965) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153



(#5966) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159 (#5967) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442 (#5968) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/ German, #150 (#5969) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155 (#5970) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143 (#5971) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163 (#5972) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319 (#5973) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212 (#5974) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214 (#5975) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245 (#5976) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243 (#5977) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179 (#5978) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171 (#5979) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253 (#5980) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191 (#5981) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443 (#5982) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234 (#5983) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P (#8800) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P (#8801) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189 (#8802) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142 (#8803) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129 (#8804) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166 (#8805) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172 (#8806) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194 (#8807) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275 (#8808) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058 (#8810) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120 (#8811) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153 (#8812) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159 (#8813) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442 (#8814) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G (#8816) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155 (#8817) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143 (#8818) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163 (#8819) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319 (#8820) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212 (#8821) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208 (#8823) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214 (#8825) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245 (#8826) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243 (#8827) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179 (#8829) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171 (#8830) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238 (#8833) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413 (#8834) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467 (#8835) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445 (#8836) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191 (#8838) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443 (#8839) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105 (#8840) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

MEMORY

(#4500) - 0/4 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card (#4501) - 0/8 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card (#4502) - 0/16 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card (#4503) - 0/32 GB 400 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card (#7280) - 256 GB Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 Memory Cards (#7669) - 1 GB Memory Activation for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 Memory



Cards (#7814) - 4GB DDR2 Memory Card, 533MHz (#7828) - 16GB DDR1 Memory Card, 266MHz (#7829) - 32GB DDR1 Memory Card, 200MHz (#7816) - 4GB CUoD Memory Card 2GB Active, DDR1 (#7835) - 8GB CUoD Memory Card 4GB Active, DDR1 (#7970) - 1GB Activation #7816 & #7835 Memory Features (#8151) - 0/512 GB 533MHz DDR2 Memory Package (#8153) - 0/256 GB 533 MHz DDR2 Memory Package (#8471) - 1 GB Base Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 (#8472) - 256 GB Base Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 Memory Cards (#8493) - 256 GB Memory Activations for #8151 and #8200 Memory Package

Pointing Device

(#8845) -USB Mouse POWER

(#6179) - Power Cable, I/O Drawer to Media Drawer (#6186) - Bulk Power Regulator (#6200) - Integrated Battery Backup, Primary or Redundant-Front Mounted (#6201) - Integrated Battery Backup, Redundant Rear Mounted (#6240) - Cable, Integrated Battery Backup to Bulk Power Regulator, Primary Rack (#6241) - Cable, Integrated Battery to Bulk Power Regulator, Expansion Rack (#6242) - Cable, Front Mounted Integrated Battery Backup to rear BPR, Primary/Expansion Rack (#7837) - Bulk Power Distribution Assembly (#7809) - DC Power Converter, Processor Book (#7807) - Cooling Group

MEDIA DEVICES

(#2591) - External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive (#2634) - 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (#5752) - 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive (#5755) - 200/400GB Half High Ultrium 2 Tape Drive (#6120) - IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology (#6258) - 36/72GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive (#6279) - VXA-320 160/320GB Internal Tape Drive

LINECORDS

(#6470) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4 (#6471) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70 (#6472) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18 (#6473) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19 (#6474) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23 (#6475) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32 (#6476) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24 (#6477) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22 (#6478) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25 (#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6 (#6487) - Power Cord (6-foot) ,To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5 (#6488) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2 (#6493) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62 (#6494) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69 (#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #64 (#6496) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66 (#6651) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75 (#6659) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76 (#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking) (#6680) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated (#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking) (#8677) - Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, No Plug (#8686) - Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, IEC309 100A Plug



(#8687) - Line Cord, 6AWG, 6ft, IEC309 100A Plug (#8688) - Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 14ft, IEC309 60A Plug (#8689) - Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 6ft, IEC309 60A Plug (#8694) - Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, No Plug (#8697) - Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, IEC309 30A Plug (#8698) - Line Cord, 8AWG, 6ft, IEC309 30A Plug

MISCELLANEOUS

(#0319) - FSP/Node Redundancy Enablement (#3756) - Service Tool Kit, High Performance Switch (#3757) - Service Shelf Tool Kit (#7588) - ON/OFF Processor Billing for FCs 8970 and 7587 (#7593) - ON/OFF Processor Billing for FCs 8968 and 7705 (#7694) - Reserve Capacity Prepaid for #8970 (#7799) - 256 Memory Activations for #7835 Memory DIMMS (#7971) - On/Off Processor Enablement for features 7813, 7731, 7586, 7587, 7704, 7705, 8967, 8968, 8969 and 8970 (#7972) - On/Off Processor Billing for Feature #7813, #7731 or #8969 (#7973) - On/Off Memory Enablement (#7974) - On/Off Memory Billing (#7975) - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7813 (#7991) - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7988 (#7992) - Advanced POWER Virtualization (#7994) - On/Off Processor Enablement for #7988 or #7732 (#7996) - On/Off Processor Billing for CoD for Feature #7988 or #7732 (#8195) - 256GB DDR1 Memory (32 X 8GB) (#8197) - 512GB DDR1 Memory (32 X 16GB Cards) (#8198) - 512GB DDR1 Memory (16 X 32GB Cards) (#8200) - 0/512GB 400 MHz DDR2 Memory Package (16 X 32GB Cards) (#8468) - Reserve Capacity Prepaid for #8968 (#8841) - Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

PROCESSORS

(#7586) - New Cap. BackUp POWER5 Turbo Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (#7587) - Capacity BackUp POWER5+ 2.1GHz Standard Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (#7668) - Activation, #8968 #7705 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor (#7693) - Activation, #8970 #7587 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor (#7705) - Capacity BackUp POWER5+ 2.3GHz Turbo Processor 450 On/ Off CoD Credit Days (#8968) - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.3GHz Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active (#8970) - 16-Way POWER5+ 2.1GHz Standard CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active (#7813) - 16-Way POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active (#7988) - 16-Way POWER5 Standard CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active (#7815) - Activation, #7813 or #7731 (Initial Order only) CUoD Processor Book, One Processor (#7990) - Activation, #7988 or #7732 (Initial Order only) CUoD Processor Book, One Processor (#8969) - New 16-Way POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active

RACK RELATED

(#5792) - Expansion Rack, Powered (#5791) - I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 16 Disk Bays (#5794) - I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 8 Disk Bays (#5795) - Media Drawer, Rack Mounted (#6243) - EMC Skirts/Tailgate (#6251) - Slim Line Doors, System and #5792 Racks (#6252) - Acoustic Doors System and #5792 Racks (#6253) - Slim Line Doors, #8691 Expansion Rack (#6254) - Acoustic Doors, #8691 Expansion Rack (#6851) - Slim Line Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks (#6852) - Acoustic Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks (#6853) - Slim Line Doors, OEM, #8691 Expansion Rack (#6854) - Acoustic Doors, OEM, #8691 Expansion Rack (#6855) - Weight Distribution Plate (#6856) - Doors with Rear Htx - OEM



(#6857) - Heat Exchanger Door Kit for System Rack, Blue Stripe (#6859) - Doors with Rear Heat Exch (#6861) - Slim Line Doors for System Rack, Blue Stripe (#6862) - Acoustic Doors for System Rack, Blue Stripe (#7937) - Bolt-Down Kit, Low-Raised Floor (#7938) - Bolt-Down Kit, High-Raised Floor (#8691) - Expansion Rack, 24", 42U

SPECIFY CODES

(#0212) - Rack Content Specify: 7045/SW4 - 4U (#0531) - V5R3 OS, V5R3M5 Machine Code Specify (#0532) - V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 Machine Code Specify (#9004) - Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Administrative

(#0396) -RPO MES Indicator

Feature Descriptions The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0212) - Rack Content Specify: 7045/SW4 - 4U Indicator of rack space utilization for 7045/SW4.

Attributes provided: Indicator of rack space utilization Attributes required: 4U of rack space For 9119-595: (#0212)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#0265) AIX Partition Specify This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under AIX.

Attributes provided: None Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#0265)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 254 (Initial order maximum: 254) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0266) Linux Partition Specify This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under Linux.


Minimum required: 0



Maximum allowed: 254 (Initial order maximum: 254) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0267) i5/OS Partition Specify This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under i5/OS.



Note: 10 max. partitions per processor - 2 processors max. may be used for i5/OS V5R3 or latter

(#0319) - FSP/Node Redundancy Enablement Indicates that dynamic, failover service processor (FSP) redundancy and processor node redundancy are required. A minimum of four #7818 adapters must be installed in appropriate HSL/RIO adapter slots for32 way servers and above.

Attributes provided: Failover service processor (FSP) and node redundancy. Attributes required: Two or more processor books with four or more #7818 adapters and firmware level SF235_xxx For 9119-595: (#0319)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:


Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

Note:

1. Requires a minimum 2 FC #7818 in each of two processor books. 2. FC 0319 is not required to be ordered with MES orders of FC 7818 3. When MES ordering #0319, include ECA 815.

(#0396) RPO MES Indicator Machine type model upgrade - RPO MES indicator.

For 9119-595: (#0396) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: N/A Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: N/A Return parts MES: No



(#0530) i5/OS Version V5R3 Specify This feature indicates that i5/OS Version V5R3 will be ordered for use in a partition of this server.

Attributes provided: i5/OS V5R3 Indicator Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#0530)


(#0531) V5R3 OS, V5R3M5 Machine Code Specify This feature is auto selected by eConfig when it is required. This feature is not selected by the Client and when it appears on the order it should not be removed. It is used to indicate the correct level of code when an i5/OS partition is specified on a pSeries system. The selection of this feature is determined by other Software and Hardware features on the order.

Attributes provided: I5OS V5R3, V5R3M5 Machine Code Indicator Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#0531)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: N/A Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0532) V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 Machine Code Specify This feature is auto selected by eConfig when it is required. This feature is not selected by the Client and when it appears on the order it should not be removed. It is used to indicate the correct level of code when an i5/OS partition is specified on a pSeries system. The selection of this feature is determined by other Software and Hardware features on the order.

Attributes provided: I5OS V5R4, V5R4M0 Machine Code Indicator Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#0532)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1838) 8m 12x to three 4x Cable (No Longer Available as of October 29, 2010)

This 8.0 meter 12x to three 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

Attributes provided: 8.0 meter 12x to three 4x cable Attributes required: 12x port on HCA adapter, and three 4x switch ports For 9119-595: (#1838)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M (No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI



port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector. Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#2118)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

Note: This cable is not required when cable #2137 is used.

(#2137) SCSI Cable, B&C TO Media Drawer, 1.5M, Mini- 68P TO 68P (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This SCSI cable is utilized for connection of the media drawer, 68P, to a PCI SCSI adapter located in an I/O drawer, mini-68P.

Attributes provided: Media Drawer Connection to SCSI Adapter Attributes required: Media Drawer with 68P connector and SCSI adapter with mini-68P connector. For 9119-595: (#2137)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2) OS level required: N/A Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

Note: Two SCSI cables are required if the media drawer (#5795) contains 3 media devices, otherwise Qty.=1.

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable (No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface For 9119-595: (#2425)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector. Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#2456)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.



Attributes provided: Attachment to external 62.5 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector. Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#2459)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

For 9119-595: (#2459) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#2591) External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The externally attached USB diskette drive provides storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy disk and 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Includes 350mm (13.7 in) captured cable with standard USB connector.

Limitation:

Maximum 1 USB diskette per adapter, Up to 1 Keyboard and Mouse also supported on the adapter with the diskette drive at the same time No system boot capability Not to be operated upside down or with eject button down

Characteristics:

Capacity - 1.44 MB (2HD disk) or 720 KB (double density disk) Physical Dimensions: Width=103mm (4.05 in), Height=17.6mm (.69 in), Depth=141.8mm (5.58 in) Color: Black Data Rate: 12 Mbits/sec Max Power Consumption: 2.36 Watt (seek) Operates in all positions except those noted in the limitations above Attributes provided: External diskette drive Attributes required: 1 available USB port For 9119-595: (#2591)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. For a list of systems and features that operate with Linux, visit:



Note: Max. = 4 per I/O drawer

(#2634) 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 7200KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 5.25 inch half-



high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max) Interface: IDE/ATAPI Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical) Buffer Memory: 256KB Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided) Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media) 5.25-inch half-high form factor Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions Interface supports standard and extended XA formats Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

DVD video is not supported. This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1 software. Attributes provided: 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive Attributes required: 1 half-high media bay For 9119-595: (#2634)


http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/ factsfeatures.html


Note: This feature may be ordered with the media drawer #5795. A maximum of two DVD drives are supported in the media drawer.

(#2737) Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI This PCI card provides for connection of one keyboard and mouse.

Attributes provided: Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Attributes required: Empty PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#2737)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Max. 4 per system; Max. 2 per I/O drawer.

(#2738) 2-Port USB PCI Adapter (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse. Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Attributes required: One available PCI slot



For 9119-595: (#2738) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



Note: Max. = 16 per system, Max. = 4 per I/O drawer.

(#2848) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes

Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Attributes required: 1 PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#2848)



(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

Hardware Description

128-bit graphics processor 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color 16 MB SDRAM 32-bit PCI interface Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v) 1 hardware color map

Features Supported

Up to approximately 16.7 million colors Rectangular clipping 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

APIs Supported

X-Windows and Motif UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)



Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Attributes required: 1 PCI slot For 9119-595: (#2849)




Note: Max. = 16 per system, Max. = 4 per I/O drawer

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable (No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947) Attributes required: One #2947 adapter For 9119-595: (#2861)


(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable (No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947) Attributes required: One #2947 adapter For 9119-595: (#2863)


(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable (No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947) Attributes required: One #2947 adapter For 9119-595: (#2864)


(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232 The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this



method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is is used in conjunction with :

FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus) FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136) Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port For 9119-595: (#2934)


(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port Attributes required: Async or serial port For 9119-595: (#2936)


(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

Attributes provided: 8 Async ports Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595: (#2943)





(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.



Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RAN's on separate synchronous channels.

Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138) For 9119-595: (#2944)





(#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter The IBM Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a 64-bit, Universal PCI Adapter. This adapter provides direct access to the ATM network at a dedicated 622 Mbps full-duplex connection. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a short form-factor adapter that interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the 622 Mbps ATM network via dual-SC type, multi-mode fiber cables. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter utilizes 16MB of SDRAM for control and 16MB of SDRAM for packet memory. This ATM adapter also provides a hardware assist for TCP checksum which can provide a performance improvement by minimizing the host CPU cycles .

Attributes provided: One full-duplex connection to 622 ATM network Attributes required: One available PCI card slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#2946)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: AIX only Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply


(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later



(for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support). For 9119-595: (#2947)




Note: Max. = 16 per I/O drawer, Max. = 16 per I/O system

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232 (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

Attributes provided: V.24 Cable Attributes required: #2962 Adapter For 9119-595: (#2951)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#2952) Cable, V.35 (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.



(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499 (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.





(#2954) Cable, X.21 (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

Attributes provided: X.21 Cable Attributes required: #2962 Adapter For 9119-595: (#2954)


(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with: X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)

CCITT X.21 Signalling CCITT V.11 Electrical CCITT X.27 Electrical EIA-422-A Electrical ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable

V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)

CCITT V.24 Signalling CCITT V.28 Electrical CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable

V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)

CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable

V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)

CCITT V.10 Electrical CCITT V.11 Electrical

Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595: (#2962)







(#3125) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No maximum (Initial order maximum: No maximum) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#3147) RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#3147)




(#3157) 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly The 18.2GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 18.2GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps

Attributes provided: 18.2GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier. Attributes required: One disk drive bay. For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#3157)

Minimum required: One disk drive bay. Maximum allowed: 112 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply


(#3158) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly The 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps.

Attributes provided: 36.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.



Attributes required: One disk drive bay. For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#3158)



(#3159) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps.




(#3170) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 8.0M (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 8 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#3170)




Note: May only be used to connect drawers located in the powered Expansion Rack (#5792) or in the bolt-on Expansion Rack Rack (#8691) when bolted to the (#5792).

(#3256) Switch Cbl.(SNI)20M Optical (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The Switch Cables, 20 meter Optical, are used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable optic connections between the switch port connection card (optical) within the HPS for switch to switch applications. #3256 delivers an optical cable pair consisting of a transmitter cable and receiver cable. It can also be used to connect the #7817 to the HPS.

Attributes provided: Switch Cables, 20 meter Optical Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#3256)

Minimum required: 0



Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#3257) Switch Cbl.(SNI)40M Optical (No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

The Switch Cables, 40 meter Optical, are used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable optic connections between the switch port connection card (optical) within the HPS for switch to switch applications. #3257 delivers an optical cable pair consisting of a transmitter cable and receiver cable.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#3273) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.




(#3274) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps. .




(#3275) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 112 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported



CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply


(#3277) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (No Longer Available as of February 23, 2007)

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high Cable included: No External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential) Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320 Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE) Average Latency: 2 ms Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier. Attributes required: One disk drive bay. For 9119-595: (#3277)




Note: Max. = 16 per I/O drawer.

(#3278) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)


Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high Cable included: No External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential) Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320 Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE) Average Latency: 2 ms Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps









(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)


Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high Cable included: No External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential) Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320 Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four (4) READS to one (1) WRITE) Average Latency: 2 ms Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps







(#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity



and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high Cable included: No External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential) Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320 Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE) Average Latency: 2 ms Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage Attributes required: one disk drive bay For 9119-595: (#3585)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192) OS level required: Refer to the Server System OS level requirements if attaching to native SCSI adapters or the OS level required by the attaching SCSI adapter as appropriate. Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No


(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

1. Business Black color 2. 17-inch Flat Trinitron (R) CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches)

measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.

3. Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz. Attributes provided: Color Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3627)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: Yes Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

1. Business black color 2. 21-inch Flat Trinitron (R) CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches)

measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.

3. Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced. Attributes provided: Color Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter



For 9119-595: (#3628) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: Yes Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

(#3635) T210 Flat-Panel Monitor The T210 flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

1. Business black color 2. 21-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 528 mm (20.8 inches)

measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.207 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.

3. Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 2048 x 1536 pels at 60Hz.

4. Tilt/swivel stand Attributes provided: Color Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3635)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported CSU: Yes Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

Business black color 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode. Tilt/swivel stand Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3636)


(#3637) IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor (No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics: Business Black color 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels



at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode. Tilt/swivel stand Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3637)


(#3638) IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2005)

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

Business black color 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images. Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa)non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa). Tilt/swivel stand Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently. Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.) Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.) Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.) Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.) Attributes provided: Color Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3638)


(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of September 30, 2005)

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

Business black color 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024. Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand Analog or digital connection Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently. Internal power Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.) Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.) Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.) Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.) Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical) Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D Two removable cables: one analog and one digital Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter



For 9119-595: (#3639) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#3640) IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The IBM ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

Business black color 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024. Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand Analog or digital connection Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently. Internal power Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.) Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.) Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.) Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.) Viewing angle: Vertical +/-75 degrees; horizontal +/-75 degrees Contrast ratio: 500:1 (minimal) 700:1 (typical) Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D Two removable cables: one analog and one digital Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3640)


(#3641) IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

Business black color 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA) Tilt adjustable stand Analog connection Internal power Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches) Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches) Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs) Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical) Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical) Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees For 9119-595: (#3641)




(#3642) ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

Business black color 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024. Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand Analog or digital connection Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently. Internal power Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.) Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.) Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.) Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.) Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical) Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D Two removable cables, one analog and one digital Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3642)


(#3643) IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor (No longer available as of January 25, 2008)


Business black color 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA) Tilt/lift adjustable stand Analog and digital connections Internal power Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches) Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches) Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches) Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs) Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical) Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical) Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D Two removable cables, one analog and one digital Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3643)


(#3644) IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)




Business black color 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA) Tilt/lift adjustable stand Analog and digital connections Internal power Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches) Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches) Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches) Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs) Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical) Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical) Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D Two removable cables, one analog and one digital Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3644)


(#3645) IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor (No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)


Business black color 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images. Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA) Tilt/lift adjustable stand Analog and digital connections Internal power Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches) Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches) Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches) Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs) Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical) Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical) Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D Two removable cables, one analog and one digital Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor Attributes required: Graphics Adapter For 9119-595: (#3645)


(#3647) 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive 146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive. Cable included: No



External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec. Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat. Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot For 9119-595: (#3647)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1152 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required:

AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later. IBM i - not supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later

Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

Note: Feature #3647 requires installation of a Charlotte #5886 and a SAS controller #5902, #5912, or #5922.

(#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive 300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive. Cable included: No External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec. Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat. Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot For 9119-595: (#3648)


AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later. AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.



AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later. IBM i - not supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later



(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive. Cable included: No External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec. Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat. Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier. Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay For 9119-595: (#3649)





(#3652) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable Attributes required: none



For 9119-595: (#3652) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No


Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#3653)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No


Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#3654)


(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#3661)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes



Return parts MES: No







(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#3684)

Minimum required: 0



Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#3685)


(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#3691)


(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.











(#3756) Service Tool Kit, High Performance Switch (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature delivers the Service Took Kit for the High Performance Switch. Remove this feature from additional 7045-SW4 orders to prevent multiple quantities of the Tool Kit from being shipped. Every installation location with an HPS 7045-SW4 must have access to one Service Tool Kit. Failure to have at least one available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times.

Attributes provided: Service Tool Kit for 7045-SW4 Attributes required: 7045-SW4 For 9119-595: (#3756)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#3757) Service Shelf Tool Kit (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)



This feature contains six separate tool kits which are required for the installation and maintenance of the p590 & p595 processor books and memory cards. Each kit weighs less than or equal to 40 lbs. Without this feature, installation and maintenance of the p590 & p595 CEC may be delayed.

Attributes provided: Attributes required: For 9119-595: (#3757)


Note: This feature will be defaulted in the configurator, but may be de-selected. Without this feature, installation and maintenance of the p595 CEC may be delayed.

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#3925)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.



(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable For 9119-595: (#3928)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99) OS level required: n/a Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4242) 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell) This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector. For 9119-595: (#4242)




(#4253) SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

This converter card attaches to the back of an IDE Optical Storage device and creates an advanced SCSI-to-IDE interface bridge. It is being used with the 16/48X (max) IDE DVD-ROM drive (# 2634) to allow the drive to attach as an LVD SCSI DVD-ROM drive. With a built-in high-speed RISC micro-controller it can handle synchronous data transfer rates. The card contains a 68-pin connector, and acquires its power through a floppy drive connector.

Attributes provided: one SCSI to IDE Intefrace Bridge Attributes required: one DVD-ROM drive (# 2634) For 9119-595: (#4253)




Note: This feature may be ordered with the media drawer #5795. It is required to support DVDROM, FC #2634, when mounted in the media drawer.

(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable Attributes required: USB Keyboard For 9119-595: (#4256)


(#4500) 0/4 GB 533 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This Capacity on Demand feature provides a four GB DDR2 memory card with zero GBs of the memory active. When purchasing feature 4500, a minimum of 2 GB of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (2 x #7669 DDR2 memory activations are required with every feature 4500 purchased). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: Four GB DDR2 CUoD memory card with 0 GB active.

Attributes required: Empty memory slot.



Minimum of 50% of the memory must be activated via memory activation features #7669 or #7280 at time of purchase. DDR2 Memory cards must be plugged in pairs of equal size.

For 9119-595: (#4500) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. i5/OS V5R3, or later Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:


Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note:

1. 50% (2 GB) CUoD memory is activated on this card using #7669 or #7280 at the time of purchase.

2. Minimum of 50% of the memory must be activated via memory activation features #7669 or #7280 at time of purchase.

3. DDR2 memory is not compatible with DDR1 memory. 4. If the memory card is removed from the machine, it is a 0/4 GB memory card,

no memory is activated.


This Capacity on Demand feature provides an eight GB DDR2 memory card with zero GBs of the memory active. When purchasing feature 4501, a minimum of 4 GBs of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (4 x #7669 DDR2 memory activations are required with every feature 4501 purchased). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: Eight GB DDR2 CUoD memory card with 0 GB active.

Attributes required: Empty memory slot. Minimum of 50% of the memory must be activated via memory activation features #7669 or #7280 at time of purchase. DDR2 Memory cards must be plugged in pairs of equal size.


http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/



hardware/factsfeatures.html


Note:

1. Minimum of 50% of the memory must be activated via memory activation features #7669 or #7280 at time of purchase.




This Capacity on Demand feature provides a sixteen GB DDR2 memory card with zero GBs of the memory active. When purchasing feature 4502, a minimum of 8 GBs of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (8 x #7669 DDR2 minimum memory activations are required with every feature 4502 purchased). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: Sixteen GB DDR2 CUoD memory card with 0 GB active.

Attributes required: Empty memory slot. A 50% minimum of the memory must be activated via memory activation feature #7280 or #7669 at time of purchase. DDR2 Memory cards must be plugged in pairs of equal size.




Note:

1. A minimum 50% of CUoD memory is activated on this card using #7280 or #7669 at the time of purchase.





(#4503) 0/32 GB 400 MHz DDR2 CUoD Memory Card(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This Capacity on Demand feature provides a thirty two GB DDR2 memory card with zero GBs of the memory active. When purchasing feature 4503, a minimum of 32 GBs of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (32 x #7669 DDR2 memory activations are required with every feature 4503 purchased). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: Thirty two GB DDR2 CUoD memory card with 0 GB active.

Attributes required: Empty memory slot. 100% of the memory must be activated via memory activation features #7669 or #7280 at time of purchase. DDR2 Memory cards must be plugged in pairs of equal size.

For 9119-595: (#4503) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or

AIX 5L version 5.3 with APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages.

i5/OS V5R3, or later The following OS levels are required for Linux applications:

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER (SLES 9), SP3, Systems, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Sever 10 for Power or later; or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER (RHEL AS 4), or later.


Note:

1. 100% CUoD memory is activated on this card using #7669 or #7280 at the time of purchase.



(#4599) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette Attributes required: PCI card and empty PCI adapter location For 9119-595: (#4599)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 240 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#4643) 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attachment Indicator This feature indicates that a 7040-61D I/O drawer is being attached to the system.

Attributes provided: 7040-61D I/O drawer indicator



Attributes required: Empty I/O drawer location and RIO-2 ports For 9119-595: (#4643)


Note: One instance of #4643 must be ordered for each 7040-61D I/O drawer to be attached. Min. of one 5791 or 5794 must be ordered per system.

(#4644) 7045-SW4 Migrated Drawer Indicator This feature indicates that a 7045-SW4 drawer is being migrated to a POWER5 rack environment. It is used to determine rack level power and cable requirements for the migrated location.

Attributes provided: 7045-SW4 migrated drawer indicator Attributes required: Empty valid switch drawer location For 9119-595: (#4644)


(#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally (as of 3/30/2007) via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules. The firmware for the #4764 is shipped on a CD that is part of the feature. Software installation documentation is shipped on the same CD.

Note: Prior to 3/30/2007 only CCA was supported (available on CD LCD8-0477-00). Customers installing feature 4764 prior to 3/30/2007 who now wish to install PKCS#11 can contact 1-800-IBM-SERV to request ECA 618 for use with feature 4764. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card. Customers currently running with CCA support do not need this ECA as there is no newer version of the CCA function on this new CD

Attributes provided: Cryptographic Accelerator Function, EMV-Based Credit Card Function, CCA API Host Support and (as of 3/30/2007) PKCS#11 API. Both CCA APIs and PKCS#11 APIs are included on CD LCD8-0477-01, titled "4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor Support Version 2.0". li.Attributes required: One PCI-X card slot Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature. For 9119-595: (#4764)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later or AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact [email protected].



Note: Max per cpu is 2; 8 per IO drawer/partition/planar.

(#4953) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#4953)



(#4957) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter provides direct access to ATM networks. This 155 Mbps PCI ATM MMF Adapter provides dedicated 155 Mbps full-duplex connection using permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC) and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps MMF connection Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#4957)



(#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half-duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

Attributes provided: Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot. For 9119-595: (#4959)



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both



CSU: No Return parts MES: No


(#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI Secure Socket Layer (SSL) hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure Web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.

The overall operation control, including command decoding, is implemented in hardware and requires no on-card microprocessor subsystem. As such, the adapter is a less expensive alternative to those who do not need the high security of the on-card secure programming environment such as is offered by the PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor(#4958), but do need the high cryptographic performance that hardware acceleration provides by offloading the host processor.

Note: The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is only supported by the industry standard PKCS #11 application programming interface (API) Version 2.01, and applications which interface to the PKCS #11 Support Program.

Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#4960)



(#4961) IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex. Each port is provided with it's own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port.

Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this adapter if no specific limitation is stated.

Attributes provided: 4 ports of 10/100 Base-Tx Ethernet Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#4961)



(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbps data rates Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex



Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector) Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595: (#4962)




Note: Max. = 20 per I/O drawer

(#4963) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under AIX.

Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#4963)



(#4964) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is a 2/3 length PCI adapter combining hardware and software designed to provide high performance hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as data exchange, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. Cryptographic processes are performed within a tamper resistant enclosure on the adapter that is designed to meet FIPS PUB 140-1 standard for commercial cryptographic devices at Level 3.

Security functions supported by the adapter includes:



Data Encryption Standard (DES) (56 and 40 bit keys) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both electronic and codebook (ECB) and cipher block chain (CBC) modes of encryption. Message Authentication (MAC) and financial PIN processing Triple DES encryption and decryption of general data RSA key-pair generation RSA signature generation and signature verification Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA-1) in hardware Hardware random number generation Protected data storage and retrieval Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions, listed below, are offered for download from:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to web site:


For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:


Limitations:

The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host Attributes required: 1 PCI slot For 9119-595: (#4964)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:

www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply Note: Maximum 8 per system; Maximum 4 per I/O drawer.

(#5005) Software Preinstall (No Longer Available in Latin America as of March 01, 2006)

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.




Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5647) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length For 9119-FHA: (#5647)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN. Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot For 9119-595: (#5700)




Note: Max = 20 per I/O drawer

(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter



designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN. Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot For 9119-595: (#5701)





(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s). Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot For 9119-595: (#5706)







(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s). Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot For 9119-595: (#5707)




Note: Max. per I/O drawer (#5791 & #5794) = 16. Max. per system = 192. This feature is not supported in slot locations 5, 8, 15 & 18 for I/O drawers #5791 & #5794.

(#5710) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)



The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105. Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane. Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/ Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot For 9119-595: (#5710)




Note: Max. = 20 per I/ drawer.



(#5711) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (#5711) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.


When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrety. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support. The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105. Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane. Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate



microcode update, go to the following web page URL: http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot For 9119-595: (#5711)




Note: Max. = 20 per I/O dawer.

(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot For 9119-595: (#5713)





(#5714) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot For 9119-595: (#5714)






Note: Max = 4 per I/O drawer.

(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of July 27, 2007)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot For 9119-595: (#5716)




Note: Max. = 192 per system, Max. = 20 per I/O drawer

(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only For 9119-595: (#5718)






Note: Max. = 4 per I/O drawer. Max. = 24 per system or 8 per processor book due to 1 10GB adapter per 2 CPU's.

(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot For 9119-595: (#5719)




Note: Max. = 4 per I/O drawer. Max. = 24 per system or 8 per processor book due to 1 10GB adapter per 2 CPU's.

(#5721) 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot. For 9119-595: (#5721)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128) OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise



Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



Note: For maximum data rate: Max. = 8 per processor book due to 1 10GB adapter per 2 CPU's, Max. = 4 per I/O drawer. Max. = 24 per system.

The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_204. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

System firmware can be downloaded from:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 128.

(#5722) 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot. For 9119-595: (#5722)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128) OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



Note: For maximum data rate: Max. = 8 per processor book due to 1 10GB adapter per 2 CPU's, Max. = 4 per I/O drawer. Max. = 24 per system.

The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_204. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.



Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 128.

(#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)



Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports Attributes required: One PCI Slot For 9119-595: (#5723)




Note: 1) Max. = 32 persystem. Max. = 20 per I/O drawer.

Note: 2) FC 3925 (Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 0.3m) is used when attaching a device which supports standard EIA-232 (25-pin) to a pSeries DB09 connector.

(#5736) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.


Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/Web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane. To obtain microcode update go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/ Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot. For 9119-595: (#5736)



Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 240 (Initial order maximum: 240) OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#5737) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#5737) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at itsrated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI



slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL


Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot For 9119-595: (#5737)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24) OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



Note: 1. For maximum data rate: Max. = 8 per processor book due to one 10GB adapter per 2 CPU's, Max. = 4 per I/O drawer. Max. = 24 per system.

Note: 2. Internal SCSI ports can not be attached to internal DASD to #5791, #5794 and #4643 I/O drawer.

(#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

Four RJ-45 ports 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant 802.1q VLAN tagging Interrupt Moderation TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed NIM is supported on all 4 ports RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot For 9119-595: (#5740)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128) OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:





Note: For performance 1 per CPU, for connectivity 2 per CPU, 12 per I/O drawer.

(#5752) 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive (No Longer Available as of June 26, 2009)

The 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7 GB DVD- RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a half high form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics: Media Data Transfer Rate: 4800 KB/sec CD-ROM (32X) max @ outer diameter; 13.5 MB/sec read (10X DVD-ROM); 2.77 MB/sec write (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.77 MB/sec read (2X DVD-RAM) Average Random Access Time: 110 ms CD-ROM; 130 ms DVD-ROM; 150 ms DVD-RAM Buffer Memory: 2 MB Loading tray accommodates both 8 cm discs and 12 cm discs Operates in either vertical or horizontal position (8cm discs in horizontal position only) Reads multi-session discs: CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, and DVD-RAM discs; Reads 2.6 GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7 GB and 9.4 GB double-sided DVD-RAM media Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio.

Limitations:

DVD video is not supported. Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1. Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE DVD-RAM Drive Attributes required: One half high media bay For 9119-595: (#5752)




Note:

1. This feature may be ordered with the media drawer #5795. 2. A maximum of two DVD drives are supported in the media drawer. 3. A minimum of one DVD is required per Media Drawer, #5795.

(#5755) 200/400GB Half High Ultrium 2 Tape Drive (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)



The IBM 200/400GB Half High Ultrium 2 Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half- high, Low Voltage Differential(LVD) 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and archive functions. This tape drive uses IBM Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 400GB.

Characteristics: Capacity: 200 GB native, 400 GB compress Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high Media: Half High Ultrium 2 Tape Drive supports Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 data cartridges. Operation: Streaming Data Transfer Rate: 24MBps native, 48MBs 2:1 compress. The IBM 200/400GB Half High Ultrium 2 Tape Drives can read and write original LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges at original Ultrium 1 capacities at up to 16 MB/sec native and 32 MB/sec compress. Interface: SCSI LVD Ultra-160, Ultra-80 or single ended. Compatibility: Ultrium 1 (Read/Write), Ultrium 2 (Read/Write). Attributes provided: Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 tape capability Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal LVD 16-bit address For 9119-595: (#5755)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:

www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature may be ordered (Qty.=1) with the media drawer #5795. A maximum of one tape drive is supported in the media drawer.

(#5758) 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

12 adapters per drawer for performance. 20 adapters per drawer for connectivity. Connectivity Maximum: (240)



Performance Maximum: (144)


http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html


Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot For 9119-595: (#5758)




Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_185. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.



(#5759) 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

6 adapters per drawer for performance. 12 adapters per drawer for connectivity. Connectivity Maximum: (144) Performance Maximum: (72)




http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html


Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot For 9119-595: (#5759)




Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_185. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.



(#5791) I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 16 Disk Bays (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing twenty PCI-X slots and sixteen hot-swap disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via RIO-2 attachment cables.

Attributes provided: 20 PCI-X slots, 16 disk bays Attributes required: Available RIO-2 attachment ports For 9119-595: (#5791)




Note: If 5791 min. = 0, then 5794 min. = 1 If 5794 min. = 0, then 5791 min. = 1 Max. #5791 + #5794 + #4643 = 12



(#5792) Expansion Rack, Powered (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides a 24", 42U powered expansion rack. The power subsystem resides in the upper 8U of the rack and utilizes the same power components provided in the CEC rack.

Note: For all non-OEM, Initial Orders this feature must be ordered with Blue Stripe door features: #6857, #6861 or #6862.

Attributes provided: Powered expansion rack Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#5792)


(#5794) I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 8 Disk Bays (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing twenty PCI-X slots and eight hot-swap disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via RIO-2 attachment cables.

Attributes provided: 20 PCI-X slots, 8 disk bays Attributes required: Available RIO-2 attachment ports For 9119-595: (#5794)




Note: If 5791 min. = 0, then 5794 min. = 1 If 5794 min. = 0, then 5791 min. = 1 Max. #5791 + #5794 + #4643 = 12

(#5795) Media Drawer, Rack Mounted (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The media drawer feature provides the system three bays for media devices. The media drawer is divided into front and rear sections. Each section of the media drawer is powered separately from the first system I/O drawer, either a 5791 or 5794, and must be cabled to separate ports of one or two SCSI adapters. The front section contains two media bays and the rear section contains one media bay. The device in the rear is only accessible from the rear of the system.

Attributes provided: Rack mounted media drawer with three media bays Attributes required: 5791 or 5794 I/O Drawer and SCSI PCI adapter #5736 or #5710. For 9119-595: (#5795)






Note: The Media Drawer (#5795) can not be ordered with Integrated Battery Backup features, #6200 and #6201, nor can it be MES ordered if the CEC rack contains 4 I/O drawers (#5791, #5794 or #4643). The Media Drawer can be configured with a maximum of 3 media devices (2 DVDs, 1 Tape) and must contain the following features:

1. #2137: SCSI Cable, B&C TO Media Drawer, 2M, mini-68P TO 68P (Qty.=2 if the media drawer contains 3 media devices, otherwise Qty.=1)

2. #6179: Power Cable, I/O Drawer to Media Drawer (Qty.=2 if the media drawer contains 3 media devices, otherwise Qty.=1)

3. A minimum of one DVD media device must be configured in the media drawer.

(#5886) EXP 12S Expansion Drawer The EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

Note: SSD is not supported in #5886 when attach to Power 5 server.

Additional information can be found in the Technical Information section of the IBM System Storage EXP 12S Announce letter: http://www-01.ibm.com/common/ssi/cgi-bin/ ssialias?infotype=AN&subtype=CA&htmlfid=897/ ENUS108-074&appname=USN#@2h@80@ Attributes provided: 12 SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. Attributes required:

Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller) Power System server, POWER5 or later Available 2U 19-inch rack space

For 9119-595: (#5886) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required:





Note: A 7014-T42 19" rack with a #0263 specify code is required to support the #5886. Each #5886 takes up 2 EIA space (#0263) in a 7014-T42 19? rack.

(#5902) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. It is used with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers SAS speed = 3Gbs SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP) RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints Concurrent Firmware Update Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors. Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used. For 9119-595: (#5902)



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: No Return parts MES: No

Note: SAS RAID Disk Controller for #5886.

(#5912) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion



drawers Removable Media Device Supported SAS speed = 3Gbs SATA speed = 1.5Gbs SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP) RAID 0 and 10 Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints Concurrent Firmware Update Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot For 9119-595: (#5912)




Note: SAS Disk Controller for #5886.

(#5922) Non-paired SAS RAID indicator Feature 5922 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5902. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5902 on one system and the paired #5902 located on a second system.

Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized. Attributes required: Every #5922 requires a SAS RAID adapter on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function. For 9119-595: (#5922)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: none Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#5951) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

Attributes provided: Keyboard Attributes required: USB Port For 9119-595: (#5951)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: None



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#5952) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189 This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5953) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142 This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5954) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129 This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5955) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5956) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172 This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.





(#5957) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194 This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5958) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275 This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5959) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208 This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5960) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413 This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5961) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467 This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.





(#5962) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445 This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5963) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058 (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5964) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120 This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/French #120 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5965) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153 This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.





(#5966) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159 This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5967) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442 This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5968) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150 This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5969) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155 This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5970) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143 This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.






(#5971) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163 This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5972) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319 This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5973) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212 This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5974) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214 This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5975) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245 This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.





(#5976) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243 This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5977) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179 This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5978) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171 This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5979) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253 This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5980) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191 This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.





(#5981) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443 This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5982) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234 This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.



(#5983) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P This feature provides a USB attached US English International #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.



(#6120) IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology (No longer available as of February 29, 2008)

The IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA* Technology is a 5.25-inch, half-high, Ultra2 LVD 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and archive functions. This tape drive uses VXAtape* data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous internal tape drives.

Characteristics

Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high Media: uses VXAtape* data cartridges Technology: Helical scan, rotating head Operation: Streaming



Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode, 12MBps (typical) compression Interface: SCSI-2 (LVD/SE) asynchronous/synchronous Compatibility: 80 GB mode (Read/Write), 160 GB compression (Read/Write) Attributes provided: One 80/160 GB internal tape drive Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address For 9119-595: (#6120)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

Note: Install in Media Drawer.

P595 16-and 32-way system altitude temperature operational limits with media drawer (#5795) and tape drive (#6120) are:

32C at 0.0 meters (89.6F at 0.0 feet) 30C at 1295.4 meter (86F at 4250 feet) 24C at 3048 meter (75.2F at 10,000 feet)

P595 48-and 64 way system altitude temperature operational limits with media drawer (#5795) and tape drive (#6120) are:

28C at 0.0 meters (82.4F at 0.0 feet) 27C at 1295.4 meters (80.6F at 4250 feet) 24C at 2133.6 meters (75.2F at 7,000 feet)

(#6121) (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for an I/O drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 9U location of the primary system rack.

Attributes provided: Redundant I/O Drawer Power Cables Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#6121)







Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349.



For a list of systems and features that operate with Linux, visit:















This feature provides redundant power cabling for an I/O drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 1U location of the expansion rack.

Attributes provided: Redundant I/O Drawer Power Cables Attributes required: None



For 9119-595: (#6125) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. For a list of systems and features that operate with Linux, visit:








(#6127) I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/9U This feature provides redundant power cabling for an I/O drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 9U location of the expansion rack.





(#6128) I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 8691 Rck/13U (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)








Note: This cable provides redundant power to EIA13 on the bolt-on expansion rack (#8691) when it is attached to the Powered Expansion rack (#5792). Do not use #7847; this cable group is used when rack #8691 is attached to the CEC rack.







Note: This cable provides redundant power to EIA19 on the bolt-on expansion rack (#8691) when it is attached to the Powered Expansion rack (#5792). Do not use #7848; this cable group is used when #8691 is attached to the CEC rack.

(#6179) Power Cable, I/O Drawer to Media Drawer (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

This cable provides power from an I/O drawer to run media devices mounted in the media drawer feature.

Attributes provided: Power Cable Attributes required: I/O drawer and Media Drawer For 9119-595: (#6179)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2) OS level required: N/A




Note: Two power cables are required if the media drawer (#5795) contains 3 media devices, otherwise Qty.=1.

(#6186) Bulk Power Regulator Bulk power regulators provide increments of power for use by the systems components such as fans, CEC components, and I/O drawers.

Attributes provided: Regulated Power Attributes required: Bulk power assembly. For 9119-595: (#6186)




(#6200) Integrated Battery Backup, Primary or Redundant-Front Mounted The Primary Integrated Battery Backup features provide batteries to be connected to the bulk power regulators of the front bulk power assembly. These batteries protect against power line disturbances as well as power failures involving both redundant power sources or the front power source and the rear bulk power assembly. The batteries provide sufficient backup power to allow an orderly system shutdown. #6200 is also used for the unique application of the redundant front mounted integrated battery backup feature connected to the rear bulk power regulators.

Attributes provided: Integrated Battery Backup Attributes required: 2U Rack Space For 9119-595: (#6200)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722), or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#6201) Integrated Battery Backup, Redundant Rear Mounted (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The Redundant Integrated Battery Backup features provide batteries to be connected to the bulk power regulators of the rear bulk power assembly. These batteries protect against power line disturbances as well as power failures involving both redundant power sources. They also protect against failure of both power sources at the same time as a failure of the primary battery backup or the front bulk power assembly. The batteries provide sufficient backup power to allow an orderly system



shutdown.

Attributes provided: Rear Mounted Redundant Integrated Battery Backup Attributes required: Primary Integrated Battery Backup Feature For 9119-595: (#6201)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722), or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

1. DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.

2. MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services 3. Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units 4. Secure RSA key-pair generation 5. RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits 6. Hardware random number generation 7. Secure data storage and retrieval 8. Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard

processor Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#6203)



(#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of an RS/6000 SCSI-2 differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rates of 40 MBytes per second. This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5 volt



PCI slots. Feature code # 6204 allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away. Feature code # 6204 will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device. Check system sales pages as to which external differential subsystems are supported.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

Attributes provided: 15 external SCSI-2 addresses Attributes required: 1 PCI slot. For 9119-595: (#6204)





(#6228) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI adapter with LC type external fiber connectors that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus will uto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1Gps or 2Gps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gps or 2Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC Fibre Channel Conversion Cable (#2456) is required.

Attributes provided: 1 FC/FC-AL interface Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: (#6228)



(#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight-initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one-initiator RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast-write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128



MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information).

Limitation: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices Attributes required: One PCI slotin FC #5791, #5794 or #4643 For 9119-595: (#6230)



(#6231) 128 MByte DRAM Option Card The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuration, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). A 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is also recommended. For 9119-595: (#6231)



(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast-write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) will operate in either non-RAID or RAID 5 mode, in single-initiator configurations. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1



mode, in single-initiator or dual initiator configurations.

Attributes provided: 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) for Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). For 9119-595: (#6235)



(#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface Attributes required: One PCI slot For 9119-595; FC #5791, #5794 or #4643: all 6239



(#6240) Cable, Integrated Battery Backup to Bulk Power Regulator, Primary Rack (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

This cable provides a connection between the integrated battery backup features located in the primary rack and the bulk power regulators located in the front and rear bulk power assemblies. One cable is required for each primary and redundant integrated battery backup feature installed in the primary rack.

Attributes provided: Battery Backup Attachment Cable Attributes required: Primary or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup Features. For 9119-595: (#6240)


Note: Max. 6 in primary CEC rack (3 primary backup power, 3 redundant backup power). MAX. 2 in Power Expansion Rack (5792) (1 primary backup power, 1 redundant backup power).

(#6241) Cable, Integrated Battery to Bulk Power Regulator, Expansion Rack (No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

This cable provides a connection between the integrated battery backup features located in the



expansion rack and the bulk power regulators located in the front bulk power assemblies. One cable is required for each primary and redundant integrated battery backup feature installed in the expansion rack.

Attributes provided: Battery Backup Attachment Cable Attributes required: Primary or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup Features. For 9119-595: (#6241)


Note: Max. 1 from front BPR in Power Expansion Rack (5792) to IBF in Expansion Rack (8691) - Primary backup

(#6242) Cable, Front Mounted Integrated Battery Backup to rear BPR, Primary/Expansion Rack (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This cable provides a connection between the front mounted integrated battery backup features located in the primary and expansion rack and the bulk power regulators located in the rear bulk power regulator assemblies.

Attributes provided: Battery Backup Attachment Cable Attributes required: Front Mounted Integrated Battery Backup Feature connected to rear Bulk Power Regulator. For 9119-595: (#6242)


Note: Two from rear BPRs in Power Expansion Rack (5792) to front IBF in the 5792 rack (EIA15) and front IBF of non-powered Expansion Rack(8691, EIA13).

(#6243) EMC Skirts/Tailgate (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

#6243 is used when the High Performance Switch, 7045-SW4, is installed in the 9119-590 or 9119-595 rack. It is also used for rack configurations that have the server SNI feature #7817. This feature drives the rack level EMC skirts/tailgate parts. If there is an expansion rack, #8691 bolted to the CEC rack, the expansion rack also requires a #6243.

Attributes provided: EMC Skirts/Tailgate Attributes required: 7045-SW4 or #7817 For 9119-595: (#6243)


(#6251) Slim Line Doors, System and #5792 Racks (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the primary system rack or the #5792 Powered Expansion Rack. This slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

Attributes provided: Slimline Door Kit Attributes required: System rack or #5792 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6251)





(#6252) Acoustic Doors System and #5792 Racks (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the primary system rack or the #5792 Powered Expansion Rack. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit Attributes required: System rack or #5792 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6252)


(#6253) Slim Line Doors, #8691 Expansion Rack This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the #8691 bolt on expansion rack. This slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

Attributes provided: Slimline Door Kit Attributes required: #8691 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6253)


(#6254) Acoustic Doors, #8691 Expansion Rack (No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the #8691 bolt on expansion rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit Attributes required: #8691 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6254)


(#6258) 36/72GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 36/72 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and archive functions. This tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 72 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 20/40 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-4 media).

Characteristics:

Capacity: 36 GB native mode, 72 GB (typical) compression mode Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high Media: IBM 4-mm supports new DAT72 media Technology: Helical scan, rotating head Operation: Streaming Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression Interface: SCSI-2 LVD and single ended



Compatability:

DDS3 - 12 GB native (Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write) DDS4 - 20 GB native (Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write) DAT72 - 36 GB native (Read/Write), 72 GB compression (Read/Write) Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 LVD internal 16-bit address or SE For 9119-595: (#6258)




Note:

1. 16- and 32-way system altitude temperature operational limits with media drawer (#5795)

32C at 0.0 meters sea level (89.6F at 0.0 feet sea level) 28C at 1295.4 meter (82.4F at 4250 feet) 23C at 3048 meter (73.4F at 10,000 feet)

2. 48- and 64-way system altitude temperature operational limits with media drawer (#5795):

28C at 0.0 meters sea level (82.4F at 0.0 feet sea level) 25C at 1295.4 meters (77F at 4250 feet) 22C at 2133.6 meters (71.6F at 7,000 feet)

3. This feature may be ordered with the media drawer #5795. A maximum of one tape drive is supported in the media drawer.

(#6279) VXA-320 160/320GB Internal Tape Drive (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The IBM 160/320 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA* Technology is a 5.25-inch, half-high, Ultra2 LVD 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and archive functions. The tape drive uses "X" media VXAtape* data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 320 GB - a significant increase in capacity, and data transfer rate over the previous internal tape drives.

Characteristics

Capacity: 160 GB native mode Capacity: 320 GB compress mode, typical Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high Media: uses VXAtape "X" media data cartridges Technology: Helical scan, rotating head Operation: Streaming Data Transfer Rate: 12 MBps native mode, 24MBps (typical) compression Interface: SCSI-2,SCSI-3 Ultra 160 (LVD) asynchronous/synchronous VXA-320 is read/write capable on X23, X10 and X6 media Compatibility: VXA-2 format (Read/Write) on X6, X10, and X23, VXA-320 format (Read/Write) on X6, X10, and X23. Attributes provided: One 160/320GB internal tape drive Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address For 9119-595: (#6279)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)



OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature may be ordered (Qty.=1) with the media drawer #5795. A maximum of one tape drive is supported in the media drawer.

P595 16-and 32-way system altitude temperature operational limits with media drawer (#5795) and tape drive (#6279) are:

27C at 0.0 meters (80.6F at 0.0 feet) 25C at 1295.4 meters (77F at 4250 feet), 22C at 3048 meters (71.6F at 10,000 feet)

P595 48-and 64 way system altitude temperature operational limits with media drawer (#5795) and tape drive (#6279) are:

24C at 0.0 meters (75.2F at 0.0 feet) 22C at 1295.4 meters (71.6F at 4250 feet) 20C at 2133.6 meters (68F at 7,000 feet)

(#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

Attributes provided: Power cord Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#6470)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Ma) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#6471) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin,



Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.



(#6473) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Denmark.



(#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia.



(#6475) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Israel.





(#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Lichtenstein, Switzerland.



(#6477) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda.



(#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Chile, Italy, Libya.



(#6479) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6 (No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)



This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.



(#6487) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5 (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.



(#6488) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.



(#6493) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

People's Republic of China.





(#6494) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

India.



(#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #64 (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #64. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil.



(#6496) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

North Korea, South Korea.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: ?) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a



power cord: Taiwan



(#6659) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76 This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan



(#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking) (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.



(#6680) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.



(#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking) (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot



length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.



(#6850) Weight Reduction Option This feature allows the System Rack to utilize elevators that have a 2500 pound weight limitation. This feature can also be ordered for any shipping application where the weight needs to be reduced on the rack to below 2500 pounds.

Attributes provided: Shipping weight reduction Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#6850)


Note: This option applies to the CEC and Powered Expansion rack, 5792.

(#6851) Slim Line Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides OEM front and rear doors for use with the primary system rack or the #5792 Powered Expansion Rack. This slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

Attributes provided: OEM Slimline Door Kit Attributes required: System rack or #5792 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6851)


(#6852) Acoustic Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides OEM front and rear doors for use with the primary system rack or the #5792 Powered Expansion Rack. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

Attributes provided: OEM Acoustic Door Kit Attributes required: System rack or #5792 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6852)


(#6853) Slim Line Doors, OEM, #8691 Expansion Rack (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides OEM front and rear doors for use with the #8691 bolt on expansion rack. This



slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

Attributes provided: OEM Slimline Door Kit Attributes required: #8691 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6853)


(#6854) Acoustic Doors, OEM, #8691 Expansion Rack (No Longer Available as of October 29, 2010)

This feature provides OEM front and rear doors for use with the #8691 bolt on expansion rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

Attributes provided: OEM Acoustic Door Kit Attributes required: #8691 expansion rack For 9119-595: (#6854)


(#6855) Weight Distribution Plate This feature delivers the weight distribution plate for rack.

Attributes provided: Weight Distribution Plate Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#6855)


Notes:

1. Two weight distribution plates (#6855 equivalent, quantity 1) will be included with every CEC rack. No order required.

2. This feature is required and must be ordered when the #5792 rack contains 7 or 8 I/O drawers (#5791, #5794 or #4643).

3. This feature is recommended when the #8691 rack contains 8 I/O drawers (#5791, #5794 or #4643).

(#6856) Doors with Rear Htx - OEM (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an OEM front door and a rear door with heat exchanger for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power subsystem in the rack.

Attributes provided: OEM Door Kit with Rear Door Heat Exchanger Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system For 9119-595: (#6856)


(#6857) Heat Exchanger Door Kit for System Rack, Blue Stripe This feature provides a slim line front door (with blue accent stripe) and a rear door with heat



exchanger for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power subsystem in the rack.

Attributes provided: Slim line Door Kit with w/Blue stripe and Rear Door Heat Exchanger Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system For 9119-595: (#6857)


(#6859) Doors with Rear Heat Exch (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a slim line front door (with copper accent stripe) and a rear door with heat exchanger for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power subsystem in the rack.

Attributes provided: Slim line Door Kit w/Cu stripe with Rear Door Heat Exchanger Attributes required: 24-inch rack with power subsystem For 9119-595: (#6859)


(#6861) Slim Line Doors for System Rack, Blue Stripe This feature provides front (with blue accent stripe) and rear doors for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power sub-system in the rack. This slim line door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

Attributes provided: Slim line Door Kit w/Blue stripe Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system For 9119-595: (#6861)


(#6862) Acoustic Doors for System Rack, Blue Stripe (No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This feature provides front (with blue accent stripe) and rear doors for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power sub-system in the rack. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit w/Blue stripe Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system For 9119-595: (#6862)


(#7280) 256 GB Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 Memory Cards This feature permanently activates 256 GB of DDR2 memory. Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If DDR2 memory is moved to a different server, the DDR2 activations remain with the original system.

Attributes provided: 256 GB memory activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 DDR2 memory cards



Attributes required: Unactivated DDR2 memory For 9119-595: (#7280)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:


Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7549) - Quantity 150 of #3647 Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549 Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay For 9119-595: (#7549)


IBM i - not supported AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.


Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7564) - Quantity 150 of #3648 Quantity of 150 of #3648

Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564 Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays For 9119-595: (#7564)


IBM i - not supported AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.



(#7565) - Quantity 150 of #3649 Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

Attributes provided: 150 #3649 Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays



For 9119-595: (#7565) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7) OS level required:

IBM i - not supported AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 10 AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 5 AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7 AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later



(#7586) New Cap. BackUp POWER5 Turbo Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)

This feature provides a 16-core POWER5 Turbo processor book for configuring a Capacity BackUp server and includes 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity,which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages.The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9 MB of L2 cache and 36 MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots, 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. Attributes required: One processor book slot. For 9119-595: (#7586)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus (APAR IY71011), which is included in the 5300-03 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:


Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Feature #7586 is limited to the following two configurations: (4/32 & 4/64). 4/32: Two Turbo Processor Books (#8969 equivalent, Qty.=2). This configuration is Initial Order Only. Feature #8969 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7815). 4/64: Four Turbo Processor Books. This configuration is MES orderable given the above prerequisite 4/32, #8969 configuration. The MES order is limited to adding two equivalent #8969 Turbo Processor books with no single processor activations (#7815). Or, 4/64: Four Turbo Processor Books (#8969 equivalent, Qty.=4). This configuration is orderable with 4, equivalent #8969 Turbo Processor Books as



an Initial Order. As an Initial Order, 4/64 Feature #8969 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7815).

1. This feature is not supported by i5/OS. 2. Use of Reserve Capacity Prepaid, #7975 cannot be used with CBU

#7586. 3. For all non-OEM, Initial Orders, this feature must be ordered with Blue

Stripe door features: #6857 or #6861 or #6862.

The standby processors in these configurations can not be permanently activated. They are configured to provide a total of either 28 (2 processor books) or 60 (4 processor books) standby processors that can be activated at any time to protect against unplanned system outages.

(#7587) Capacity BackUp POWER5+ 2.1GHz Standard processor 450 ON/OFF CoD Credit Days (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides a 16-core POWER5+ 2.1GHz processor book for configuring a Capacity BackUp server and includes 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity,which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9MB of L2 cache and 36MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots, 450 days On/Off CoD processor days. Attributes required: One processor book slot. For 9119-595: (#7587)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later; or

AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later.

The following OS levels are required for Linux applications:

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER (SLES 9) Systems, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Sever 10 for Power or later; or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.

Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Feature #7587 is limited to the following two configurations: (4/32 & 4/64). 4/32: Two Turbo Plus Processor Books (#8970 equivalent, Qty.=2). This configuration is Initial Order Only. Feature #7587 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7693). 4/64: Four Turbo Plus Processor Books. This configuration is MES orderable given the above prerequisite 4/32 #7587 configuration. The MES order is limited to adding two equivalent #8970 Turbo Plus Processor books with no single processor activations (#7693). Or, 4/64: Four Turbo Plus Processor Books (#8970 equivalent, Qty.=4). This configuration is orderable with 4, equivalent #8970 Turbo Plus Processor Books as an Initial Order. As an Initial Order, 4/64 feature #7587 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7693).

1. The standby processors in these configurations can not be permanently activated. They are configured to provide a total of either 28 (2 processor books) or 60 (4 processor books) standby processors that can be activated at any time to protect against unplanned system outages.

2. This feature is not supported by i5/OS 3. Use of Reserve Capacity Prepaid, #7694, can not be used with CBU





(#7588) ON/OFF Processor Billing for FCs 8970 and 7587Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/ Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7588 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

Attributes provided: One processor day usage for features #8970 or #7587 Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7588)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max. (Initial order maximum: No Max.) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later; or




Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7593) ON/OFF Processor Billing for FCs 8968 and 7705 Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/ Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7593 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

Attributes provided: One processor day usage for features #8968 or #7705 Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7593)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max. (Initial order maximum: No Max.) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later; or





(#7668) Activation, #8968 #7705 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor This feature permanently activates one processor on CUoD processor features #8968 or #7705.

Attributes provided: One processor activation Attributes required: Inactive CUoD processor For 9119-595: (#7668)


AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426),



or later.




(#7669) 1 GB Memory Activation for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 Memory Cards This feature permanently activates 1 GB of DDR2 memory. Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If DDR2 memory is moved to a different server, the DDR2 activations remain with the original system.

Attributes provided: 1 GB memory activation for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 DDR2 memory cards. Attributes required: 1 GB unactivated DDR2 memory For 9119-595: (#7669)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 2048 (Initial order maximum: 255) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#7693) Activation, #8970 #7587 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor This feature permanently activates one processor on CUoD processor features #8970 or #7587.







(#7694) Reserve Capacity Prepaid for #8970 This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity for feature #8970 processor book. To establish reserve processor capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. Once the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, use of additional processors will cause processor-days (good for a



24-hour period) to be subtracted from the prepaid number of processor-days.

Attributes provided: 30 processor-days usage of inactive processors for features #8970 Attributes required: Advanced Power Virtualization #7992 For 9119-595: (#7694)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max. (Initial order maximum: No Max.) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later.




Note: This feature cannot be used with CBU feature 7587.

(#7705) Capacity BackUp POWER5+ 2.3GHz Turbo Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides a 16-core POWER5+ 2.3GHz processor book for configuring a Capacity BackUp server and includes 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity,which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9MB of L2 cache and 36MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots, 450 days On/Off CoD processor days. Attributes required: One processor book slot. For 9119-595: (#7705)






Note: Feature #7705 is limited to the following two configurations: (4/32 & 4/64). 4/32: Two Turbo Plus Processor Books (#8968 equivalent, Qty.=2). This configuration is Initial Order Only. Feature #7705 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7668). 4/64: Four Turbo Plus Processor Books. This configuration is MES orderable given the above prerequisite 4/32 #7705 configuration. The MES order is limited to adding two equivalent #8968 Turbo Plus Processor books with no single processor activations (#7668). Or, 4/64: Four Turbo Plus Processor Books (#8968 equivalent, Qty.=4). This configuration is orderable with 4, equivalent #8968 Turbo Plus Processor Books as an Initial Order. As an Initial Order, 4/64 feature #7705 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7668).



1. The standby processors in these configurations cannot be permanently activated. They are configured to provide a total of either 28 (2 processor books) or 60 (4 processor books) standby processors that can be activated at any time to protect against unplanned system outages.

2. This feature is not supported by i5/OS. 3. Use of Reserve Capacity Prepaid, #8468, cannot be used with CBU



(#7731) Cap. BackUp POWER5 Turbo Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)

This feature provides a 16-core POWER5 Turbo processor book for configuring a Capacity BackUp server and includes 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity,which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages.The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9MB of L2 cache and 36MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots, 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. Attributes required: One processor book slot. For 9119-595: (#7731)



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Feature #7731 is limited to the following two configurations: (4/32 & 4/64):

4/32: Two Turbo Processor Books (#7813 equivalent, Qty.=2). This configuration is Initial Order Only. Feature #7731 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7815). 4/64: Four Turbo Processor Books. This configuration is MES orderable given the above prerequisite 4/32 #7731 configuration. The MES order is limited to adding two equivalent #7813 Turbo Processor books with no single processor activations (#7815). Or, 4/64: Four Turbo Processor Books (#7813 equivalent, Qty.=4). This configuration is orderable with 4, equivalent #7813 Turbo Processor Books as an Initial Order. As an Initial Order, 4/64 feature #7731 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7815).


2. Use of Reserve Capacity Prepaid, #7975 cannot be used with CBU #7731.

3. For all non-OEM, Initial Orders, this feature must be ordered with Blue Stripe door features: #6857 or #6861 or #6862.

(#7732) Cap. BackUp POWER5 Std. Processor 450 On/Off CoD Credit Days (No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)

This feature provides a 16-core POWER5 Standard processor book for configuring a Capacity BackUp server and includes 450 days of On/Off CoD processor days. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity,which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs).



Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9MB of L2 cache and 36MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots,450 On/Off CoD processor days. Attributes required: One processor book slot. For 9119-595: (#7732)



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Feature #7732 is limited to the following two configurations: (4/32 & 4/64): 4/32: Two Standard Processor Books (#7988 equivalent, Qty.=2). This configuration is Initial Order Only. Feature #7732 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7990). 4/64: Four Standard Processor Books. This configuration is MES orderable given the above prerequisite 4/32 #7732 configuration. The MES order is limited to adding two equivalent #7988 Standard Processor books with no single processor activations (#7990). Or, 4/64: Four Standard Processor Books (#7988 equivalent, Qty.=4). This configuration is orderable with 4, equivalent #7988 Standard Processor Books as an Initial Order. As an Initial Order, 4/64 feature #7732 must be ordered with four single processor activations (#7990).


2. Use of Reserve Capacity Prepaid, #7991 can not be used with CBU #7732.

3. For all non-OEM, Initial Orders, this feature must be ordered with Blue Stripe door features: #6857 or #6861 or #6862.

(#7799) 256 Memory Activations for #7835 Memory DIMMS This feature provides 256 1GB memory #7970 CUoD memory activations for use on multiple #7835 memory DIMMS. This feature is provided for ease of ordering.

Attributes provided: 256 #7970 Memory Activations Attributes required: 256GB Inactive CUOD Memory on #7835 Memory DIMMS For 9119-595: (#7799)



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No




(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console For 9119-595: (#7801)


(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console For 9119-595: (#7802)


(#7803) Bulk Power Controller Assembly (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This power controller provides the base power connections for the internal power cables.

Attributes provided: Base power connections for internal power cables. Attributes required: For 9119-595: (#7803)




Note: Two Bulk Power Controller Assemblies (#7803) are required for the 9119 system rack. Two additional #7803 BPCs are required when the optional Powered Expansion Rack (#5792) is ordered.

(#7807) Cooling Group (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides two additional cooling fans. It is used when additional cooling is required for the Central Electronics Complex.

Attributes provided: Two Additional Fans Attributes required: #7826 Power Cable Group






Note:

1. This feature is required on p5-595 servers equipped with one or more #7813 or #8969 POWER5 Turbo Processor Books.

2. This feature is required on p5 595 servers equipped with two or more #7988 POWER5 Standard Processor Books.

3. This feature is required on p5 595 servers equipped with one or more POWER5+ Standard or Turbo Processor Books: #8968 or #8970.

4. This feature is required on all p5 595 CBU server configurations: #7586, #7587, #7705, #7731, #7732.

(#7809) DC Power Converter, Processor Book (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature converts power from the bulk power assembly to the voltage levels required for the components in the processor books for the Central Electronics Complex.

Attributes provided: Processer book power converter Attributes required: Empty power converter location For 9119-595: (#7809)




(#7810) Processor Clock Card, Programmable (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides programmable processor and system clocking.

Attributes provided: Programmable Clock Card Attributes required: Empty Clock Card Position For 9119-595: (#7810)




Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:


Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7811) System Service Processor (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides the service processor and associated cables required to control the server.

Attributes provided: Service processor and cables Attributes required: Empty service processor position For 9119-595: (#7811)




(#7812) Multiplexer Card (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The multiplexer card provides communication between the individual processor books and the service processor.

Attributes provided: Processor book to service processor communicaiton Attributes required: Processor book For 9119-595: (#7812)




Note: One #7812 Multiplexer Card required per processor book.

(#7813) 16-Core POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Core Active (No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)



This feature provides a POWER5 Turbo processor book with capacity Upgrade on Demand. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9MB of L2 cache and 36MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots Attributes required:

1. One processor book slot 2. #7807 Cooling Group




Note: For all non-OEM, Initial Orders, this feature must be ordered with Blue Stripe door features: #6857 or #6861 or #6862.

(#7814) 4GB DDR2 Memory Card, 533MHz (No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides one 4GB DDR2, 533MHz memory card.

Attributes provided: 4GB DDR2 Memory Attributes required: Empty Memory Slot For 9119-595: (#7814)




(#7815) Activation, #7813, #7731 or #8969 CUoD Processor Book, One Processor This feature permanently activates one processor on CUoD processor feature #7813, #7731 or #8969.







(#7816) 4GB CUoD Memory Card 2GB Active, DDR1 (No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides one 4GB 266MHz DDR1 memory card with 2GB active. It is used to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

Attributes provided: 4GB CUoD memoy with 2GB active Attributes required: Empty memory slot For 9119-595: (#7816)




(#7817) 1 Link Switch Network Interface, optical (p5 590/595) (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The 1 Link Switch Network Interface (SNI) for the p5 590/595 provides the attachment to the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS). The 1 Link SNI plugs into the GX bus of the p5 590/595. Connection to the HPS is accomplished by using the optic switch cable features.

Attributes provided: 1 Link SNI to attach to the HPS (7045-SW4) Attributes required: Available GX position in the p5 590/595 For 9119-595: (#7817)


Note: Max of two #7817 per processor book.

(#7818) Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Two Port (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides two RIO-2 connections for the attachment of one RIO-2 loop.

Attributes provided: Ports for one RIO-2 loop connection Attributes required: Empty loop adapter position For 9119-595: (#7818)







Note: Max. of 6 per Processor Book.

(#7820) GX Dual-port 12x HCA (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The #7820, GX Dual-port 12x Host Channel Adapter, provides two 12x connectors for dual channel applications.

Attributes provided: 2 ports of 12x HCA connectors Attributes required: Available adapter position For 9119-595: (#7820)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#7821) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, CEC Primary Fans (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable assembly provides redundant power for the CEC, primary blower assembly.

Cooling for CEC One or more nodes in CEC, Primary Node Cooling Group and BPC For 9119-595: (#7821)




Note: Required: 1) CEC assembly with one 7813 node and 2)BPC 7803.

(#7822) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 1st CEC Book (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable group provides redundant power to CEC node 1

Attributes provided: Redundant power to CEC Node Attributes required: Processor Book 1 For 9119-595: (#7822)

Minimum required: 1 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended



Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#7823) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 2nd CEC Book (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)






(#7824) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 3rd CEC Book (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)






(#7825) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 4th CEC Book (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)








(#7826) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 7807 Cooling Grp. (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable assembly provides redundant power for the CEC, secondary blower assembly.

Cooling for CEC More than one node in CEC, 2nd Node Cooling Group and BPD2 For 9119-595: (#7826)




Note: Required: 1)CEC assembly with 7807 2nd node cooloing group (2 fans); 2)Second 7813 node.

(#7828) 16GB DDR1 Memory Card, 266MHz (No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)








(#7829) 32GB DDR1 Memory Card, 200MHz (No longer available as of September 28, 2007)






Note: First Announce 4/05/04

(#7835) 8GB CUoD Memory Card 4GB Active, DDR1 (No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides one 8GB 266MHz DDR1 memory card with 4GB active. It is used to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

Attributes provided: 8GB CUoD memoy with 4GB active Attributes required: Empty memory slot For 9119-595: (#7835)




(#7837) Bulk Power Distribution Assembly This Power distribution assembly provides connector locations for cable attachment of I/O drawers and CEC DC power converters.

Attributes provided: 10 power connectors Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#7837)




OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:









Note: This cable provides redundant power to EIA13 of the Bolt-on expansion rack (8691)when it is attached to the CEC rack. Do not use 6128, this cable group is used when 8691 is attached to the Powered Expansion Rack (5792).






Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No




Note: This cable provides redundant power to EIA19 on the Bolt-on expansion rack (8691)when it is attached to the CEC rack.Do not use 6129, this cable group is used when 8691 is attached to the Powered Expansion Rack (5792).














This feature provides redundant power cabling for an I/O drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 31U location of the expansion rack. It connects the I/O drawer to an alternate power connection location when required for specific server configurations.







(#7853) I/O Drw.Cbl.Grp, 5792 Rck/1U (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for an I/O drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 1U location of the powered I/O rack.










Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply



































(#7860) (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)


Attributes provided: Redundant I/O Drawer Power Cables



Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7860)




(#7923) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)3.5M Optical (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The Switch Cables, 3.5 meter Optical, are used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable optic connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the p5 590 and the p5 595 to the switch port connection card (optical) within the HPS. It is used when the switch is in the same rack as the CEC. #7923 delivers an optical cable pair consisting of a transmitter cable and receiver cable.

Attributes provided: Switch Cables, 3.5 meter Optical Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7923)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#7924) RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 0.6M (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 0.6M Remote I/O cable is utilized to connect between the left and right sections of an I/O drawer.

Attributes provided: RIO-2 Connection Attributes required: I/O drawer For 9119-595: (#7924)




(#7937) Bolt-Down Kit, Low-Raised Floor This feature provides rack ruggedizing and bolt down hardware for securing rack to a concrete floor beneath a 9" to 13" (228mm to 330mm) raised floor. Installation of this feature will help to secure and protect the rack and it's contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in



a seismic event.

Attributes provided: Rack bolt down kit Attributes required: System or expansion rack For 9119-595: (#7937)


(#7938) Bolt-Down Kit, High-Raised Floor This feature provides rack ruggedizing and bolt down hardware for securing rack to a concrete floor beneath a 12" to 22" (305mm to 559mm) raised floor. Installation of this feature will help to secure and protect the rack and it's contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in a seismic event.

Attributes provided: Rack bolt down kit Attributes required: System or expansion rack For 9119-595: (#7938)


(#7960) Compact Handling Option This feature allows the System or expansion rack to pass through doors at the customer location which are less than the 2.02M (79.5") normally required. With this feature the top 8U section of the rack (including the power subsystem) is removed at the factory and shipped separately for installation at the customer location. The height of the rack with the upper section removed is approximately 1.65M (65").

Attributes provided: Reduced height for shipping. Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7960)


Note: If this Compact Handling feature #7960 is desired it must be ordered for the system CEC rack and each #5972 and #8691 rack on the order.

(#7962) Switch Cbl.(SNI)10 meter Optical (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The Switch Cables, 10 meter Optical, are used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable optic connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the p5 590 and p5 595 to the switch port connection card (optical) within the HPS. It is used when the switch is in a different rack than the CEC. #7962 is also used for switch to switch applications. #7962 delivers an optical cable pair consisting of a transmitter cable and receiver cable.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#7963) Switch Cbl.(SNI), 30 meter, Optical



(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The Switch Cables, 30 meter Optical, are used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable optic connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the p5 590 and p5 595 to the switch port connection card (optical) within the HPS. It is used when the switch is in a different rack than the CEC. #7963 is also used for switch to switch applications. #7963 delivers an optical cable pair consisting of a transmitter cable and receiver cable.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max) OS level required: Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#7970) 1GB Activation #7816 & #7835 Memory Features This feature permanently activates 1024MB of DDR1 memory for features #7816 or #7835.

Attributes provided: 1024MB memory activation for #7816 or #7835 Attributes required: 1024MB of unactivated memory For 9119-595: (#7970)




Note: 256 activations are required to activate rully 512MB of memory. The maximum for one order is 255. To activate 512MB, multiple orders will need to initiated.

(#7971) On/Off Processor Enablement for #7813, #7731, #7586, #7587,#7704, #7705, #8967, #8968, #8969 and #8970 This feature can be ordered to enable your server for On/Off Capacity on Demand for processor book features #7813, #7731, #7586, #7587, #7704, #7705, #8967, #8968, #8969 and #8970. Once enabled, you can request processors on a temporary basis. You must sign an On/Off Capacity on Demand contract before you order this feature.

Attributes provided: Processor On/Off Capacity on Demand Enablement Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7971)



Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES



CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

Note: On/Off Processor Enablement, #7971 is mutually exclusive with all 30 Days Reserve Capacity Prepaid features: 7694, 7926, 7975, 7991, 8467 and 8468.

(#7972) On/Off Processor Billing for Features #7813, #7731, #8969 or #7586 Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7972 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

Attributes provided: One processor day usage for features 7813, 7731 or 8969 Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7972)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#7973) On/Off Memory Enablement This feature can be ordered to enable your server for On/Off Capacity on Demand. Once enabled, you can request memory on a temporary basis. You must sign an On/Off Capacity on Demand contract before you order this feature.

Attributes provided: Memory On/Off Capacity on Demand Enablement Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7973)




(#7974) On/Off Memory Billing Once an On/Off Memory Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Memory Day Billing features and bill you. One #7974 should be ordered for each billable day for each 1GB increment of memory.

Attributes provided: One day usage of 1GB memory Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7974)






(#7975) 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7813 and #8969 This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity for feature #7813 processor book. To establish reserve processor capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. Once the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, use of additional processors will cause processor-days (good for a 24-hour period) to be subtracted from the prepaid number of processor-days.

Attributes provided: 30 processor-days usage of inactive processors for features 7813 or 8969 Attributes required: Advanced Power Virtualization #7992 For 9119-595: (#7975)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max) OS level required: AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349 or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



Note: This feature cannot be used with CBU features #7731 or #7586.

(#7988) 16-Core POWER5 Standard CUoD Processor Book, 0-Core Active (No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)

This feature provides a 16-core POWER5 Standard processor book with capacity Upgrade on Demand. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9MB of L2 cache and 36MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.

Attributes provided: 16-core processor book, 0-core active; 16 memory DIMM slots Attributes required: One processor book slot For 9119-595: (#7988)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349. i5/OS V5R3, or later Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:




Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: No Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: For all non-OEM, Initial Orders, this feature must be ordered with Blue Stripe door features: #6857, #6861 or #6862.

(#7990) Activation, #7988 or #7732 (Initial Order only) CUoD Processor Book, One Processor This feature permanently activates one processor on CUoD processor feature #7988 or #7732.





(#7991) 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for #7988 This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity for feature #7988 processor book. To establish reserve processor capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. Once the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, use of additional processors will cause processor-days (good for a 24-hour period) to be subtracted from the prepaid number of processor-days.

Attributes provided: 30 processor-days usage of inactive processors Attributes required: Advanced Power Virtualization #7992 For 9119-595: (#7991)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max) OS level required: AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349 or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



Note: This feature cannot be used with CBU feature #7732.

(#7992) Advanced POWER Virtualization This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than one CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. The processors on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor. Partition Load Manager is included to provide cross-partition workload management across the LPARs. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.



Attributes provided: System virtualization Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7992)

Minimum required: 6 Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64) OS level required: AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349 or later. For a list of systems and features that operate with Linux, visit:



Note: The quantity of feature #7992 ordered must be equal to the number of activated processors on the system. This feature will install with AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347. However, this feature is only fully functional with AIX 5L V5.3 with APAR IY60349 or SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 .

(#7994) On/Off Processor Enablement for #7988 or #7732 This feature can be ordered to enable your server for On/Off Capacity on Demand for processor book features #7988 or #7732. Once enabled, you can request processors on a temporary basis. You must sign an On/Off Capacity on Demand contract before you order this feature.

Note: On/Off Processor Enablement, #7994 is mutually exclusive with all 30 Days Reserve Capacity Prepaid features: 7694, 7926, 7975, 7991, 8467 and 8468.

Attributes provided: Processor On/Off Capacity on Demand Enablement Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7994)




(#7996) On/Off Processor Billing for CoD for Feature #7988 or #7732 Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7996 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

Attributes provided: One processor day usage for feature 7988 Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#7996)






(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter (No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain. For 9119-595: (#8131)


(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch) (No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain. For 9119-595: (#8132)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No mAX) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No

(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136) For 9119-595: (#8133)


(#8136) Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (RAN) is a modified version of the existing 16-port Remote Async Node (feature #8130 or 8134) in an industry-standard 19-inch rack mount chassis to allow simpler installation and ease-of-use. Like the existing RAN, it can also be configured as a desktop device.



As an additional benefit, the metal chassis meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host to meet the needs of customers with these requirements.

The RANs provide 16 ports of EIA-232 capability with full modem controls on each port and are connected to the 128-port Async Controller (Micro Channel or ISA versions) residing in the host. RANs are connected in daisy-chain fashion up to 8 RANs per 128-port Async Controller (either version).

The rack-mountable RAN offers these enhanced features:

Industry-standard 19-inch rack mountable chassis (can be configured for stacking on a desktop or mounted in a 19-inch rack). Meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host. All RJ-45 connectors are now on the front panel, greatly enhancing cable management. The DB-15 synchronous connectors (cabling from host to RAN and between RANs) and the power cord and switch are located on the rear panel. Power supply is self contained within the unit.

The rack-mountable RAN offers these same features as the existing RAN product:

Identical function and support as existing 16-port Remote Async Node (RAN), feature #8130 or 8134. Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel or ISA host adapter. Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel. Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host. Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI. The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes. Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of 62 meters (200 feet). Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer-supplied cables. Location of RAN up to 330 meters from the host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling. Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host. Attributes provided: 16 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports AND 1 RAN-to-RAN connection Attributes required: 1 RAN-to-128-port Controller connection OR 1 RAN-to-RAN connection For 9119-595: (#8136)




Note: Max. = 8 per RAN ADAPTER, Max. RAN adapters per system = 32, Max. RAN adapters per I/O drawer = 20.

(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a



limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter. Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel. Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host. Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI. The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes. Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate. Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables. Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling. Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host. Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s) For 9119-595: (#8137)




Note: Max. = 8 per RAN ADAPTER, Max. RAN adapters per system = 32. Max. RAN adapters per I/O drawer = 20.

(#8151) 0/512 GB 533MHz DDR2 Memory Package (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This Capacity on Demand feature provides 512 GBs of DDR2 memory (32 x sixteen GB memory cards) with zero GBs of the memory active. When purchasing FC #8151, 100% of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (2 x #8493 DDR2 memory activations are required with every FC #8151 purchase). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: 32 x Sixteen GB memory cards with 0 GB active. Attributes required:

32 empty memory slots. 100% of the memory must be activated via memory activation feature #8493 at time of purchase.

For 9119-595: (#8151) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. i5/OS V5R3, or later






Note:

1. At the time of purchase, 100% CUoD memory is activated on all 32 of #4502 (0/16GB) memory cards using #8493 (2 x #8493/bundle).

2. DDR2 memory is not compatible with DDR1 memory. 3. If any memory cards are removed from the machine, they are 0/16GB memory

cards, no memory is activated.

(#8153) 0/256 GB 533 MHz DDR2 Memory Package (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This Capacity on Demand feature provides 256 GB of DDR2 memory (16 x sixteen GB memory cards) with zero GB of the memory active. When purchasing feature number 8153, 100% of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (one #8493 DDR2 memory activation is required with every #8153 purchased). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: 16 x Sixteen GB memory cards with 0 GB active.

Attributes required: 16 empty memory slots. 100% of the memory must be activated via memory activation feature #8493 at time of purchase.

For 9119-595: (#8153) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or

AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages.

i5/OS V5R3, or later One of the following OS levels are required for Linux applications:

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER (SLES 9), SP3, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Sever 10 for POWER or later; or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER (RHEL AS 4), or later.


Note:

1. MES orders of #8153 require 256 GB minimum memory installed, 100% activated memory of feature number 4502, 8151, or 8153. The minimum requirement of 256 GB installed memory allows MES orders of #8153 bundles when the total memory configuration comprises any combination of feature numbers 4502, 8151, or 8153. This requires a p5-595 server configured with one or more processor books.



2. At the time of purchase, 100% CUoD memory is activated on all 16 of #4502 (0/16 GB) memory cards using #8493 (1 x #8493/bundle).

3. DDR2 memory is not compatible with DDR1 memory. 4. If any memory cards are removed from the machine, they are 0/ 16GB memory


(#8195) 256GB DDR1 Memory (32 X 8GB) (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides a package of 32 fully activated #7835 memory cards for a total 256GB of active DDR1 system memory.

Attributes provided: 256GB Active Memory Attributes required: 32 Empty Memory Slots For 9119-595: (#8195)




(#8197) 512GB DDR1 Memory (32 X 16GB Cards) (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a package of 32 #7828 16GB memory cards for a total 512GB of active DDR1 system memory.





(#8198) 512GB DDR1 Memory (16 X 32GB Cards) (No longer available as of September 28, 2007)

This feature provides a package of 16 #7829 memory cards for a total 512GB of active DDR1 system memory.







(#8200) 0/512 GB 400MHz DDR2 Memory Package (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This Capacity on Demand feature provides 512 GBs of active DDR2 memory (16 x 32GB memory cards) with zero GBs of the memory active. When purchasing FC #8200, 100% of the DDR2 memory is required to be activated (2 x #8493 DDR2 memory activations are required with every FC #8200 purchase). Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If a DDR2 memory card is moved to a different system, that system will recognize zero GB as available on that memory card unless additional DDR2 memory activations are acquired or DDR2 memory activations are already present on that system. For the original system, the existing DDR2 memory activations remain and can be used for other DDR2 memory cards. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.

Attributes provided: 16 x 32GB memory cards with 0 GB active. Attributes required:

16 empty memory slots. 100% of the memory must be activated via memory activation feature #8493 at time of purchase.

For 9119-595: (#8200) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later, plus APAR IY60347; or

AIX 5L version 5.3 with APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages.

i5/OS V5R3, or later The following OS levels are required for Linux applications:

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER (SLES 9), SP3, Systems, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Sever 10 for Power or later; or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER (RHEL AS 4), or later.


Note:

1. At the time of purchase, 100% CUoD memory is activated on all 16 of #4503 (0/32GB) memory cards using #8493 (2 x #8493/bundle).

2. DDR2 memory is not compatible with DDR1 memory. 3. If any memory cards are removed from the machine, they are 0/32GB memory


(#8453) Base Customer Spec Plcmnt

1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as



may happen if the order is placed without this feature code. 3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT)

and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required). 4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM

manufacturing via the CSP Web site: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp

(US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed. Attributes provided: I/O component placement Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP Web site. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.) For 9119-595: (#8453)




(#8468) Reserve Capacity Prepaid for #8968 This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity for feature #8968 processor book. To establish reserve processor capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. Once the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, use of additional processors will cause processor-days (good for a 24-hour period) to be subtracted from the prepaid number of processor-days.

Attributes provided: 30 processor-days usage of inactive processors for features #8968 Attributes required:


For 9119-595: (#8468) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: No Max. (Initial order maximum: No Max.) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later.

The following OS levels are required for Linux applications: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER (SLES 9) Systems, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Sever 10 for Power or later; or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.


Note: This feature can not be used with CBU feature 7705.

(#8471) 1 GB Base Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 This feature permanently activates 1 GB of DDR2 memory. Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If DDR2 memory is moved to a different server, the DDR2 activations remain with the original system.



Attributes provided: 1 GB memory activation for #4500, 4501, #4502 and #4503 DDR2 memory cards. Attributes required: Memory conversion from DDR1 to DDR2 memory For 9119-595: (#8471)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1024 (MES order maximum: 255) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#8472) 256 GB Memory Activations for #4500, #4501, #4502 and #4503 Memory Cards This feature permanently activates 256 GB of DDR2 memory. Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If DDR2 memory is moved to a different server, the DDR2 activations remain with the original system.

Attributes provided: 256 GB memory activation for #4500, 4501, #4502 and #4503 DDR2 memory cards. Attributes required: Memory conversion from DDR1 to DDR2 memory For 9119-595: (#8472)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: Does not apply) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:



(#8493) 256 GB Memory Activations for #8151, #8153, and #8200 Memory Packages This feature permanently activates 256 GB of DDR2 memory in memory packages #8151, #8153, and #8200. Memory activations are stored in the system, not on the memory card. If DDR2 memory is moved to a different server, the DDR2 activations remain with the original system.

Attributes provided: 256 GB memory activations for DDR2 memory packages #8151, #8153, and #8200. Attributes required: Unactivated DDR2 memory in memory packages #8151, #8153, and #8200. For 9119-595: (#8493)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY56722) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus APAR IY60349, which is included in the 5300-01 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. i5/OS V5R3, or later Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:





(#8677) Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, No Plug (No Longer Available as of February 9, 2010)

This feature provides a 14 ft 8AWG line cord with no plug. It may be utilized 200-415V circuits at loadings up to 40A.

Attributes provided: 14 ft Line Cord with No Plug Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#8677)


(#8686) Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, IEC309 100A Plug This feature provides a 14 ft, 6AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 100A plug. It provides connection to an 80A, 240VAC circuit.

Attributes provided: 14 ft line cord with IEC309 100A plug Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#8686)


Note: 100 amp service requires a raised floor installation to support cable routing.

(#8687) Line Cord, 6AWG, 6ft, IEC309 100A Plug (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 6 ft, 6AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 100A plug. It provides connection to an 80A, 240VAC circuit.



Note: 100 amp service requires a raised floor installation to support cable routing.

(#8688) Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 14ft, IEC309 60A Plug This feature provides a 14 ft, 6AWG/Type W line cord equipped with a 60A IEC309 plug. It provides connection to a 60A, 240VAC circuit.

Attributes provided: 14 ft line cord with 60A IEC309 plug Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#8688)




OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No Return parts MES: No

(#8689) Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 6ft, IEC309 60A Plug (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 6 ft, 6AWG/Type W line cord equipped with a 60A IEC 309 plug. It may be utilized for 60A, 240VAC circuits.

Attributes provided: 6 ft Line Cord with 60A IEC309 Plug Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#8689)


(#8691) Expansion Rack, 24", 42U (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This expansion rack feature provides an additional 42U of 24" rack space. When installed, one side cover of the system rack or #5792 powered expansion rack rack is removed. This expansion rack is bolted to the system rack or #5792 powered expansion rack, and the side cover is placed on the expansion rack. Devices mounted in this expansion rack feature utilize power provided by the base system rack or #5792 rack.

Attributes provided: 42U of 24" Rack Space Attributes required: System rack or #5792 rack For 9119-595: (#8691)


(#8694) Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, No Plug (No Longer Available as of February 9, 2010)

This feature provides a 14 ft 6AWG line cord with no plug. It may be utilized for 200-415V circuits at loadings up to 80A (Not supported in US/Canada due to national electrical codes).

Attributes provided: 14 ft Line Cord with No Plug Attributes required: None For 9119-595: (#8694)


(#8697) Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, IEC309 30A Plug This feature provides a 14 ft, 8AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 30A plug. It provides connection to an 30A, 480VAC circuit.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: No




(#8698) Line Cord, 8AWG, 6ft, IEC309 30A Plug (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 6 ft, 8AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 30A plug. It provides connection to an 30A, 480VAC circuit.



(#8800) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard.



(#8801) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard.



(#8802) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard.



(#8803) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard.





(#8804) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard.



(#8805) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard.



(#8806) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 keyboard.



(#8807) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard.


Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both CSU: Yes




(#8808) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard.



(#8810) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/Dutch #120 keyboard.



(#8811) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard.



(#8812) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard.



(#8813) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard.

Attributes provided: Keyboard



Attributes required: USB Port For 9119-595: (#8813)


(#8814) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G keyboard.



(#8816) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard.



(#8817) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

Attributes provided: Attributes required: For 9119-595: (#8817)


(#8818) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard.





(#8819) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard.



(#8820) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard.



(#8821) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard.



(#8823) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard.



(#8825) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard.





(#8826) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Czeck #243 keyboard.



(#8827) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard.



(#8829) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard.



(#8830) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #238 keyboard.





(#8833) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard.



(#8834) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 keyboard.



(#8835) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007) French Canadian, #445

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard.



(#8836) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard.



(#8838) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard.





(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105 (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 keyboard.



(#8840) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P (No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) keyboard.



(#8841) Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable (No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard.

Attributes provided: 3-Button Mouse Attributes required: Keyboard with Mouse Attachment Port For 9119-595: (#8841)


(#8845) - USB Mouse The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button. Attributes required: USB attachment Port For 9119-595: (#8845)

Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES CSU: Yes Return parts MES: No



(#8968) 16-Core POWER5+ 2.3GHz Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Core Active(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides a POWER5+ 2.3GHz processor book with capacity Upgrade on Demand. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9 MB of L2 cache and 36 MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.


1. One processor book slot 2. #7807 Cooling Group on Initial Orders Only

For 9119-595: (#8968) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later; or





1. This feature is not supported by i5/OS. 2. For all non-OEM, Initial Orders, this feature must be ordered with Blue Stripe

door features: #6857, #6861 or #6862.

(#8969) New 16-Core POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Core Active (No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)

This feature provides a POWER5 Turbo processor book with capacity Upgrade on Demand. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9 MB of L2 cache and 36 MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.



For 9119-595: (#8969) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or later; or AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 plus (APAR IY71011) which is included in the 5300-03 or later Recommended Maintenance packages. The following OS levels are required for Linux applications: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER (SLES 9), SP3, or later Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER (RHEL AS 4), Update 3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:





Note:

1. MES orders of feature #8969 has the following restriction: Feature #8969 can not be requested as a MES order with p5-595 servers using (#7813) - 16-Way POWER5 Turbo CUoD Processor Book, 0-Way Active. Feature codes #8969 & #7813 are not compatible.


door features: #6857, #6861 or #6862.

(#8970) 16-Core POWER5+ 2.1GHz Standard CUoD Processor Book, 0-Core Active (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This feature provides a POWER5+ 2.1GHz processor book with capacity Upgrade on Demand. The processors are packaged on two 8-core Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). Each pair of processors is supported by 1.9 MB of L2 cache and 36 MB of L3 cache. Each 16-core processor book also provides six RIO-2 loop adapter slots and 16 memory slots.


1. One processor book slot 2. #7807 Cooling Group on Initial Orders Only

For 9119-595: (#8970) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4) OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later; or





Note:


door features: #6857, #6861 or #6862.

(#9004) Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors Specifies that southern hemisphere models are required for all CRT monitors on the initial plant order or on MES orders. Not required with TFT monitors.

Attributes provided: None Attributes required: Monitor For 9119-595: (#9004)


(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

Attributes provided: None Attributes required: None



For 9119-595: (#9300) Minimum required: 0 Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9703) Language Group Specify - French French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9704) Language Group Specify - German German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

Attributes provided: none Attributes required: none For 9119-595: (#9705)


(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.





(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan) Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.


Minimum required: 0



Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1) OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.



(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.





OS level required: None Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial CSU: Does not apply Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC) Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.



(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.



(#9725) Language Group Specify -- Romanian Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



(#9727) Language Group Specify -- Slovenian Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.



Feature Exchanges Not available.

Back to top

None.

Accessories



Customer Replacement PartsNone.

Back to top

None. Back to top

None.

Supplemental Media None.

Trademarks (R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others. © IBM Corporation 2011.

Back to top

Machine Elements

Supplies



Documents

9119-595 sales manual